[MERGE] Forward port of 11.0 up to c894f6aab9

_extensions/odoo/sub-menu_list.html

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 {# note: if odoo.com/page/docs sub-menu's structure change, these links have to change as well #}
 
-<li><a href="http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html">User</a></li>
-<li><a href="http://www.odoo.com/documentation/10.0/index.html">Developer</a></li>
-<li><a href="http://www.odoo.com/documentation/10.0/api_integration.html">API</a></li>
-<li><a href="http://www.odoo.com/documentation/10.0/setup/install.html">Installation</a></li>
-<li><a href="http://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-white-paper">White Papers</a></li>
-<li><a href="http://www.odoo.com/page/legal">Legal</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/11.0/index.html">User</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/index.html">Developer</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://training.odoo.com/">Training center</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html">API</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/setup/install.html">Installation</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-white-paper">White Papers</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://www.odoo.com/page/legal">Legal</a></li>

accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst

@@ -68,3 +68,45 @@ and fill in your bank credentials.
 
 Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be
 synchronized every 4 hours.
+
+FAQ 
+===
+
+The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this doesn't
+always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. In that case,
+Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo there is a cron that is
+running every 4 hours to fetch the information from Yodlee. 
+
+You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button "Synchronize now"
+from the accounting dashboard. 
+
+Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being fetched
+by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the status "pending"
+and not the status "posted". In that case, Yodlee won't import it, you will have to
+wait that the status changes. 
+
+What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching transactions
+in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the bank statement in the database. 
+
+Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract? 
+----------------------------------------------
+
+- Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to your database.
+- Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community Version.
+- Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract. 
+
+Some banks have a status "Beta", what does it mean? 
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the synchronization
+with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it may need a bit more time
+to have a 100% working synchronization. Unfortunately, there is not much to do about
+except being patient. 
+
+All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?
+----------------------------------------------
+
+Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past.

accounting/localizations.rst

@@ -5,5 +5,8 @@ Localizations
 .. toctree::
    :titlesonly:
 
-   localizations/switzerland
-   localizations/mexico
+   localizations/france
+   localizations/germany
+   localizations/mexico
+   localizations/spain
+   localizations/switzerland

accounting/localizations/france.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+======
+France
+======
+
+FEC 
+===
+
+If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download the FEC.
+For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France --> FEC`. 
+
+.. tip::
+    If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the module
+    called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed. 
+
+French Accounting Reports
+=========================
+
+If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some accounting reports specific to France: 
+
+- Bilan comptable
+- Compte de résultats
+- Plan de Taxes France 
+
+Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo
+==============================================
+
+As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect 
+in France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria 
+concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales data. 
+These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, 
+through an add-on and a certificate of conformity to download.
+
+Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like 
+Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:
+
+* You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM,
+* Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C).
+
+This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from 
+VAT and therefore are not affected.
+
+Get certified with Odoo
+-----------------------
+
+Getting compliant with Odoo is vey easy.
+
+Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate 
+of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud 
+legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users 
+`here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. 
+If you use Odoo Community, you should 
+`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__
+or contact your Odoo service provider. 
+`Get the certificate here <https://www.odoo.com/my/home/french-certification>`__.
+
+In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500.
+
+To get the certification just follow the following steps:
+
+* Install the anti-fraud add-on fitting your Odoo environment from the 
+  *Apps* menu:
+
+  * if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)
+
+  * in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)
+* Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be 
+  encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, 
+  go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. 
+  Select a country from the list; Do not create a new country.
+* Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__.
+
+.. note:: * To get the module available in any system created before 
+   December 18th 2017, you should update the modules list.
+   To do so, activate the developer mode from the *Settings* menu.
+   Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu.
+ * In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation 
+   and restart your server beforehand.
+ * If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud add-on
+   (prior to December 18th 2017), you need to update it.
+   The add-on's name was *France - Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*.
+   After an update of the modules list, search for 
+   the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click *Upgrade*. 
+   Finally, make sure the following add-on *l10n_fr_sale_closing* 
+   is installed.
+
+Anti-fraud features of Odoo
+---------------------------
+
+The anti-fraud add-on introduces the following features:
+
+* **Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify 
+  key data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;
+* **Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;
+* **Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period 
+  and cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually).
+
+Inalterability
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, 
+confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, 
+if the company is located in France or in any DOM-TOM. 
+
+.. note:: If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of 
+ such companies are impacted.
+
+Security
+~~~~~~~~
+
+To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted 
+upon validation. 
+This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the document as 
+well as from the hash of the precedent documents.
+
+The add-on introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. 
+If any information is modified on a document after its validation, 
+the test will fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them 
+against the initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first 
+corrupted document recorded in the system.
+
+Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. 
+For POS orders, go to 
+:menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French Statements`. 
+For invoices or journal entries, 
+go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`.
+
+Storage
+~~~~~~~
+
+The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly 
+and annual basis.
+Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period as well as 
+the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry recorded 
+in the system.
+
+Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, 
+Invoicing and Accounting apps.
+
+.. note::
+ * Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal Type = Sales).
+
+ * For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company.
+
+ * POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. 
+   Closing a POS session can be done anytime. 
+   To prompt users to do it on a daily basis, the add-on prevents from resuming 
+   a session opened more than 24 hours ago. 
+   Such a session must be closed before selling again.
+
+ * A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the 
+   previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. 
+   If you record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, 
+   it will be counted in the very next closing.
+
+.. tip:: For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the 
+ developer mode. Go to 
+ :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` 
+ to do so.
+
+
+Responsibilities
+----------------
+
+Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none 
+of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable.
+
+Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with 
+due diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees 
+the inalterability of data.
+ 
+Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes 
+in the add-on’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo.
+
+
+More Information
+----------------
+
+You will find more information about this legislation in the official documents:
+
+* `Frequently Asked Questions <https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__
+* `Official Statement <http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__
+* `Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 <https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

accounting/localizations/germany.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+=======
+Germany
+=======
+
+German Chart of Accounts
+========================
+
+The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can choose the
+one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` then choose the
+package you want in the Fiscal Localization section.
+
+Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created any accounting entry. 
+
+.. tip::
+
+    When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default. 
+
+German Accounting Reports
+=========================
+
+Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:
+
+- Balance Sheet 
+- Profit & Loss
+- Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)
+- Partner VAT Intra
+
+Export from Odoo to Datev
+=========================
+
+It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be able to use this
+feature, the german accounting localization needs to be installed on your Odoo Enterprise database.
+Then you can go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on the
+**Export Datev (csv)** button. 

accounting/localizations/mexico.rst

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-==============================
-Mexico Accounting Localization
-==============================
+======
+Mexico
+======
 
 .. note::
    This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official

accounting/localizations/spain.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+=====
+Spain
+=====
+
+Spanish Chart of Accounts
+=========================
+
+In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by default:
+
+- PGCE PYMEs 2008
+- PGCE Completo 2008
+- PGCE Entitades 
+
+You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`
+then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal Localization** section. 
+
+Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created any accounting entry. 
+
+.. tip::
+    When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by default. 
+
+Spanish Accounting Reports
+==========================
+
+If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to accounting reports specific to Spain:
+
+- Balance Sheet 
+- Tax Report (Modelo 111)
+- Tax Report (Modelo 115)
+- Tax Report (Modelo 303) 
+

accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-===================================
-Switzerland Accounting Localization
-===================================
+===========
+Switzerland
+===========
 
 ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -44,3 +44,87 @@ you want.
 
 .. image:: media/switzerland04.png
     :align: center
+
+Updated VAT for January 2018
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be
+applied in Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the
+specific rate for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%.
+
+How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you
+don't have to do anything.
+
+If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the
+module "Switzerland - Accounting Reports". For this, you go in
+:menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter "Apps" --> search for "Switzerland - Accounting Reports" --> open the module --> click on "upgrade"`.
+
+.. image:: media/switzerland05.png
+    :align: center
+
+Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the
+updated rates.
+
+.. tip::
+    **Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%).
+    You want to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short
+    period of time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded
+    all your 2017 transactions.
+
+The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:
+
+-  **Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on
+   invoice, rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)
+
+-  **Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on
+   invoice, rate and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the
+   vat report now shows the details for old and new rates, you
+   should also set the tags accordingly to
+
+   -  For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland
+      VAT Form: grid 302 tax
+
+   -  For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland
+      VAT Form: grid 342 tax
+
+You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes
+included in Odoo by default
+
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| **Tax Name**                                    | **Rate**   | **Label on Invoice**   | **Tax Group (effective from V10)**   | **Tax Scope**   | **Tag**                                                                   |
++=================================================+============+========================+======================================+=================+===========================================================================+
+| TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)                     | 7.7%       | 7.7% achat             | TVA 7.7%                             | Purchases       | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400                                            |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)               | 7.7%       | 7.7% achat Incl.       | TVA 7.7%                             | Purchases       | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400                                            |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)         | 7.7%       | 7.7% invest.           | TVA 7.7%                             | Purchases       | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405                                            |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)   | 7.7%       | 7.7% invest. Incl.     | TVA 7.7%                             | Purchases       | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405                                            |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)                     | 3.7%       | 3.7% achat             | TVA 3.7%                             | Purchases       | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400                                            |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)               | 3.7%       | 3.7% achat Incl.       | TVA 3.7%                             | Purchases       | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400                                            |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)         | 3.7%       | 3.7% invest            | TVA 3.7%                             | Purchases       | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405                                            |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)   | 3.7%       | 3.7% invest Incl.      | TVA 3.7%                             | Purchases       | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405                                            |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA due a 7.7% (TN)                             | 7.7%       | 7.7%                   | TVA 7.7%                             | Sales           | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax   |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)                       | 7.7%       | 7.7% Incl.             | TVA 7.7%                             | Sales           | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax   |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA due à 3.7% (TS)                             | 3.7%       | 3.7%                   | TVA 3.7%                             | Sales           | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax   |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+| TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)                       | 3.7%       | 3.7% Incl.             | TVA 3.7%                             | Sales           | Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax   |
++-------------------------------------------------+------------+------------------------+--------------------------------------+-----------------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using
+odoo.com/help.
+
+.. tip::
+    Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version
+    11.1 (or higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also
+    have to update your fiscal positions accordingly. 

accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst

@@ -31,11 +31,6 @@ management** feature
 .. image:: media/budget02.png
    :align: center
 
-If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills
-to our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we
-don't we will only be able to budget the total amount of general
-accounts.
-
 Budgetary Positions
 -------------------
 
@@ -73,8 +68,7 @@ case select the relevant income accounts.
 Analytical account
 ------------------
 
-If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget
-you need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or
+Odoo needs to know which costs or
 expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link
 our invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an
 analytical account by entering the Accounting module and clicking

accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst

@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ Customer Invoices
 
    customer_invoices/overview
    customer_invoices/cash_discounts
+   customer_invoices/cash_rounding
    customer_invoices/payment_terms
    customer_invoices/installment_plans
    customer_invoices/deferred_revenues
    customer_invoices/refund
-   customer_invoices/modify_validated

accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+Set up cash roundings
+=====================
+
+In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in
+Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices
+are paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest
+coin that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05
+CHF.
+
+There are two strategies for the rounding:
+
+1. Add a line on the invoice for the rounding
+
+2. Add the rounding in the tax amount
+
+Both strategies are applicable in Odoo.
+
+Configuration 
+--------------
+
+First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in
+:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`
+and activate the Cash Rounding.
+
+.. image:: media/cash_rounding01.png
+    :align: center
+
+There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in
+:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`.
+
+Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding
+strategies:
+
+1. **Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a
+   line on your customer invoice to take this rounding into
+   account. You also have to define the account in which the
+   rounding will go.
+
+2. **Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of
+   the highest tax.
+
+.. image:: media/cash_rounding02.png
+    :align: center
+
+Apply roundings
+---------------
+
+Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer
+invoices. On the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash
+Rounding Method** where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods
+created previously. If needed, a rounding will be applied to the
+invoice.

accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-==================================
-How to modify a validated invoice?
-==================================
-
-In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify
-an invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you
-sometimes need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has
-changed, the made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc.
-
-Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:
-
-1. Refund the original invoice
-2. Create a new invoice
-
-Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few
-clicks.
-
-Modify an invoice
-=================
-
-If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want.
-However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If
-you need to modify it, the right operations to do are:
-
-1. Refund the original invoice;
-2. Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;
-3. Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;
-4. Validate the new invoice.
-
-All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on
-the Refund button on an invoice.
-
-.. image:: ./media/modify01.png
-  :align: center
-
-In the refund dialog, select the option "Modify: create a refund,
-reconcile and create a draft invoice". Once you click on the "Create
-Refund" button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new
-draft invoice that is a duplicate of the original one.
-
-Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct.
-
-.. note::
-
-	if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send
-	the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the documents.
-
-.. seealso::
-	
-	* :doc:`refund`

crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst

@@ -11,14 +11,16 @@ Setup in Google
 - Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ 
   to generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account. 
 
-- Choose *Calendar API*.
+- Go to the API & Services page.
+
+.. image:: media/google_calendar_credentials00.png
+    :align: center
+
+- Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it.
 
 .. image:: media/google_calendar_credentials01.png
     :align: center
 
-- Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed
-  to store your API credentials.
-
 .. image:: media/google_calendar_credentials02.png
     :align: center
 
@@ -27,7 +29,10 @@ Setup in Google
 .. image:: media/google_calendar_credentials03.png
     :align: center
 
-- Create credentials to use in Odoo.
+- Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done 
+  before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync).
+
+- Create credentials.
 
 .. image:: media/google_calendar_credentials04.png
     :align: center
@@ -39,7 +44,7 @@ Setup in Google
     :align: center
 
 - Then you can create a Client ID.
-  Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on 
+  Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on 
   which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your 
   Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance 
   URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'.
@@ -48,12 +53,12 @@ Setup in Google
     :align: center
 
 - Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name 
-  (e.g. Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options 
+  (e.g. Odoo Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options 
   but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you 
   enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time.
 
 - Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to 
-  get the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo.
+  get the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo.
 
 .. image:: media/google_calendar_credentials07.png
     :align: center
@@ -61,13 +66,14 @@ Setup in Google
 Setup in Odoo
 =============
 
-- Install **Google Calendar** app.
+- Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking 
+  the option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`.
 
 .. image:: media/google_calendar_credentials08.png
     :align: center
 
 - Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your 
-  credentials in Google Calendar option.
+  **Client ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option.
 
 .. image:: media/google_calendar_credentials09.png
     :align: center

crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst

@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first <../../salesteam/set
 
 On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain
 rule (for technical details on the domain refer on the
-`Building a Module tutorial <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__
-or `Syntax reference guide <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-domains>`__)
+`Building a Module tutorial <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__
+or `Syntax reference guide <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-domains>`__)
 which will allow only the leads matching the team domain.
 
 For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads

crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst

@@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ Odoo CRM Terminologies
 -  **Kanban view :** 
         In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow
         visualisation tool halfway between a `list
-        view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-views-list>`__
+        view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#lists>`__
         and a non-editable `form
-        view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-views-form>`__
+        view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#forms>`__
         and displaying records as "cards". Records may be grouped in
         columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g.
         tasks or work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to

db_management/db_premise.rst

@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ or
 
 * **Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation 
   <https://www.odoo.com
-  /documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`__
+  /documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`__
   and **Reject** the upsell quotation.
 
 Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message

getting_started/documentation.rst

@@ -314,11 +314,13 @@ at no extra cost.
 All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will be 
 deducted from your Success Pack.
 
-In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a 
-recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, 
-to cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on 
-the developer hours spent on the customization: 4€ or $5 per hour of development will 
-be added to the subscription fee each month.
+In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a 
+developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your 
+Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a 
+developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover 
+maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by 
+the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the 
+subscription fee.
 
 **Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost:
 2 hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development

helpdesk/helpdesk.rst

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Ticket.
 
 The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the
 documentation
-`*here* <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/10.0/api_integration.html>`__.
+`*here* <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__.
 
 Tickets have been created, now what?
 ------------------------------------

inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ with the barcode scanner.
 .. note::
     Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more actions.
     
-    :ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|
+    Document: |download_barcode|
 
 
 Set products barcodes

inventory/management/misc.rst

@@ -8,4 +8,5 @@ Miscellaneous Operations
 
    misc/scrap
    misc/owned_stock
-   misc/schedulers
+   misc/schedulers
+   misc/immediate_planned_transfers

inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+Immediate & Planned Transfers
+=============================
+
+In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned
+transfers.
+
+Immediate Transfers
+-------------------
+
+When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate
+transfer.
+
+In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products
+and quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies.
+This is why the column "Initial Demand" is not editable. You only fill
+in the column "Done" for the quantities.
+
+This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location
+A to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the
+transfer right now).
+
+Planned Transfers
+-----------------
+
+When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or
+purchase order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that
+there is an initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial
+demand.
+
+If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from
+the inventory dashboard.
+
+.. image:: media/immediate_planned_transfers01.png
+    :align: center
+
+In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many
+units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do.
+Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to
+process the transfer.
+

inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst

@@ -46,8 +46,6 @@ Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to
 .. image:: media/landed_costs03.png
     :align: center
 
-.. demo:fields:: stock_landed_costs.stock_landed_cost_type_action
-
 .. note:: 
     Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real
     time valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is

inventory/settings/products.rst

@@ -9,4 +9,5 @@ Products
    products/uom
    products/variants
    products/usage
-   products/packages
+   products/strategies
+

inventory/settings/products/packages.rst

@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-====================
-How to use packages?
-====================
-
-Overview
-========
-
-The package is the physical container in which you put one or several
-product.
-
-By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it.
-
-Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several
-packages when doing your transfers.
-
-Configuration
-=============
-
-To configure the use of packages, go to the menu 
-:menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. µ
-Locate the **Packages** section and tick **Record
-packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**
-
-.. image:: media/packages01.png
-    :align: center
-
-Click on **Apply** when you are done.
-
-Pack products
-=============
-
-Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses
-transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries).
-
-To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to
-be **Available**.
-
-.. image:: media/packages02.png
-    :align: center
-
-In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or
-multiple packages.
-
-Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done**
-column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**.
-
-.. image:: media/packages03.png
-    :align: center
-
-It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity.
-
-Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in.
-
-.. image:: media/packages04.png
-    :align: center
-
-Click on **Validate** when you are done.
-
-Whole packages transfers 
-=========================
-
-If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to
-transfer packages with its contents.
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to
-:menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving packs**:
-
-.. image:: media/packages05.png
-    :align: center
-
-Transfer packages
------------------
-
-Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination
-locations, then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under
-the **Initial Demand** tab.
-
-.. image:: media/packages06.png
-    :align: center
-
-In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**
-section.
-
-Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :
-
-.. image:: media/packages07.png
-    :align: center
-
-When it is finished, click on **Validate**.
-
-Packages traceability
-=====================
-
-To trace a package or check its content, go to 
-:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Packages`.
-
-.. image:: media/packages08.png
-    :align: center
-
-Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves.
-
-.. seealso::
-    * :doc:`../../overview/start/setup`
-    * :doc:`usage`
-    * :doc:`uom`

legal/others/cla.rst

@@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ have to sign the Odoo Contributor License Agreement (CLA).
 
 More information about this requirement, the procedure to sign the agreement,
 and a FAQ can be found on our
-`GitHub project page <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/doc/cla/sign-cla.md>`_.
+`GitHub project page <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/11.0/doc/cla/sign-cla.md>`_.
 

legal/terms/enterprise.rst

@@ -5,9 +5,10 @@
 Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement
 ======================================
 
-.. note:: Version 6b - 2017-12-04
+.. note:: Version 7 - 2017-12-07
 
 .. v6: add "App" definition + update pricing per-App
+.. v7: remove possibility of price change at renewal after prior notice
 
 By subscribing to the Odoo Enterprise services (the "Services") provided by Odoo SA and its
 affiliates (collectively, "Odoo SA") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or
@@ -204,8 +205,7 @@ of the first Term, at the sole discretion of Odoo SA, to cover the extra mainten
 
 Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the per-User charges applied during the previous Term
 are lower than the most current applicable per-User list price, the per-User charges will increase
-by up to 7%, unless Odoo SA provides written notice of a new price to the Customer at least 60 days
-prior to the end of the Term.
+by up to 7%.
 
 
 .. _charges_thirdparty:

legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_fr.rst

@@ -18,9 +18,10 @@ Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)
     The only official reference of the terms and conditions of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription
     Agreement” is the :ref:`original english version <enterprise_agreement>`.
 
-.. note:: Version 6b - Dernière modification: 4 décembre 2017.
+.. note:: Version 7 - Dernière modification: 7 décembre 2017.
 
 .. v6: add "App" definition + update pricing per-App
+.. v7: remove possibility of price change at renewal after prior notice
 
 En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les "Services") fournis par Odoo SA et ses filiales
 (collectivement, "Odoo SA") en relation avec Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition
@@ -229,9 +230,7 @@ première Durée du contrat, à la discrétion d'Odoo SA, pour couvrir les coût
 
 Lors de la reconduction telle que décrite à la section :ref:`term_fr`, si les tarifs par Utilisateur
 qui ont été appliqués pendant la Durée précédente sont inférieurs aux tarifs par Utilisateur
-en vigueur les plus récents, les tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%,
-à moins qu'Odoo SA ne notifie par écrit un nouveau tarif au client, au moins 60 jours avant
-l’échéance du contrat.
+en vigueur les plus récents, les tarifs par Utilisateur augmenteront automatiquement de maximum 7%.
 
 .. _charges_thirdparty_fr:
 

legal/terms/online.rst

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ affiliates (collectively, "Odoo SA") in relation with Odoo Enterprise Edition or
 Odoo Community Edition (the "Software"), you (the "Customer") are agreeing to be bound by the
 following terms and conditions (the "Agreement").
 
-.. _term:
+.. _term_online:
 
 1 Term of the Agreement
 =======================
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ party provides a written notice of termination minimum 30 days before the end
 of the Term by registered mail to the other party.
 
 
-.. _definitions:
+.. _definitions_online:
 
 2 Definitions
 =============
@@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ Bug
     performance it was designed to produce, or when a country-specific feature does not meet legal
     accounting requirements anymore).
 
-.. _enterprise_access:
+.. _enterprise_access_online:
 
 3 Access to source code
 =======================
 
 For the duration of this Agreement, Odoo SA gives the Customer a non-exclusive,
 non-transferable license to use (execute, modify, execute after modification)
-the Odoo software, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_a`.
+the Odoo software, under the terms set forth in :ref:`appendix_a_online`.
 
 The Customer agrees to take all necessary measures to guarantee the unmodified
 execution of the part of the Software that verifies the validity of the usage
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ pay Odoo SA an extra fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the
 actual number of Users for one year.
 
 
-.. _services:
+.. _services_online:
 
 4 Service Level
 ===============
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ within 2 business days.
 The Customer understands that Bugs caused by a modification or extension that is not part of the
 official Software will not be covered by this service.
 
-Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software and in the :ref:`liability`
+Both parties acknowledge that as specified in the license of the Software and in the :ref:`liability_online`
 section of this Agreement, Odoo SA cannot be held liable for Bugs in the Software.
 
 4.2 Support Service
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ each Covered Version.
 
 The Customer understands that the Bug and the information in the Security
 Advisory must be treated are Confidential Information as described in
-:ref:`confidentiality` during the embargo period prior to the public
+:ref:`confidentiality_online` during the embargo period prior to the public
 disclosure.
 
 The Odoo R&D processes have code review steps that include security aspects,
@@ -271,12 +271,12 @@ continuously monitor the source code and work with us to improve and harden the
 security of Odoo. Our Security Program is described on our Responsible
 Disclosure page: https://www.odoo.com/page/responsible-disclosure.
 
-.. _upgrade:
+.. _upgrade_online:
 
 4.6 Upgrade Services
 --------------------
 
-.. _upgrade_odoo:
+.. _upgrade_odoo_online:
 
 Upgrade Service for the Software
 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ It is the sole responsibility of the Customer to verify and validate the upgrade
 to detect Bugs, to analyze the impact of changes and new features implemented in the Target Version,
 and to convert and adapt for the Target Version any third-party extensions of the Software that
 were installed in the database before the upgrade (except where applicable as foreseen in section
-:ref:`upgrade_extra`).
+:ref:`upgrade_extra_online`).
 
 The Customer may submit multiple upgrade requests for a database, until an
 acceptable result is achieved.
 
-.. _upgrade_extra:
+.. _upgrade_extra_online:
 
 Upgrade Service for customizations
 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
@@ -310,18 +310,18 @@ services for third-party extension modules of the Software, in addition to the
 regular Upgrade Services.
 
 This optional service is subject to additional fees
-(as described in charges_) and includes the technical adaptation of third-party
+(as described in charges_online_) and includes the technical adaptation of third-party
 modules installed in the Customer's database and their corresponding data in
 order to be compatible with the Target Version. The Customer will receive an
 upgraded version of all installed third-party modules along with the upgraded
 database.
 
-.. _charges:
+.. _charges_online:
 
 5 Charges and Fees
 ==================
 
-.. _charges_standard:
+.. _charges_standard_online:
 
 5.1 Standard charges
 --------------------
@@ -336,17 +336,17 @@ pay an extra fee equivalent to the applicable list price (at the beginning of
 the Term) for the additional Users and applications, for the remainder of the
 Term.
 
-.. _charges_renewal:
+.. _charges_renewal_online:
 
 5.2 Renewal charges
 -------------------
 
-Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term`, if the per-User charges applied
+Upon renewal as covered in section :ref:`term_online`, if the per-User charges applied
 during the previous Term are lower than the most current applicable per-User
 list price, the per-User charges will increase by up to 7% per year.
 
 
-.. _charges_thirdparty:
+.. _charges_thirdparty_online:
 
 5.3 Charges for custom features or third-party modules
 ------------------------------------------------------
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ the quality of the source code of those modules is too low, or if these modules
 constitute an interface with third-party software or systems. The upgrade of
 such modules will subject to a separate offer, outside of this Agreement.
 
-.. _taxes:
+.. _taxes_online:
 
 5.4 Taxes
 ---------
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ all Taxes associated with purchases made by the Customer under this Agreement, e
 is legally obliged to pay or collect Taxes for which the Customer is responsible.
 
 
-.. _conditions:
+.. _conditions_online:
 
 6 Conditions of Services
 ========================
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ The Customer agrees to:
 - appoint 1 dedicated Customer contact person for the entire duration of the Agreement;
 
 
-.. _no_soliciting:
+.. _no_soliciting_online:
 
 6.2 No Soliciting or Hiring
 ---------------------------
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ employee toward that end, the breaching party agrees to pay to the other party a
 EUR (€) 30 000.00 (thirty thousand euros).
 
 
-.. _publicity:
+.. _publicity_online:
 
 6.3 Publicity
 -------------
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ logos and trademarks, solely for the purpose of referring to the other party as
 supplier, on websites, press releases and other marketing materials.
 
 
-.. _confidentiality:
+.. _confidentiality_online:
 
 6.4 Confidentiality
 -------------------
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Part
 compelled by law to do so, provided the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party prior notice of
 the compelled disclosure, to the extent permitted by law.
 
-.. _termination:
+.. _termination_online:
 
 6.5 Termination
 ---------------
@@ -454,17 +454,17 @@ Further, Odoo SA may terminate the Agreement immediately in the event the Custom
 the applicable fees for the Services within the due date specified on the corresponding invoice.
 
 Surviving Provisions:
-  The sections ":ref:`confidentiality`”, “:ref:`disclaimers`”,
-  “:ref:`liability`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions`” will survive any termination or expiration of
+  The sections ":ref:`confidentiality_online`”, “:ref:`disclaimers_online`”,
+  “:ref:`liability_online`”, and “:ref:`general_provisions_online`” will survive any termination or expiration of
   this Agreement.
 
 
-.. _warranties_disclaimers:
+.. _warranties_disclaimers_online:
 
 7 Warranties, Disclaimers, Liability
 ====================================
 
-.. _warranties:
+.. _warranties_online:
 
 7.1 Warranties
 --------------
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ execute the Services in accordance with the generally accepted industry standard
 The Customer's sole and exclusive remedy and Odoo SA's only obligation for any breach of this warranty
 is for Odoo SA to resume the execution of the Services at no additional charge.
 
-.. _disclaimers:
+.. _disclaimers_online:
 
 7.2 Disclaimers
 ---------------
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ non-infringement, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.
 
 Odoo SA does not warrant that the Software complies with any local or international law or regulations.
 
-.. _liability:
+.. _liability_online:
 
 7.3 Limitation of Liability
 ---------------------------
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ action, whether in contract, tort (including strict negligence) or any other leg
 theory, even if a party or its affiliates have been advised of the possibility of such damages,
 or if a party or its affiliates' remedy otherwise fails of its essential purpose.
 
-.. _force_majeure:
+.. _force_majeure_online:
 
 7.4 Force Majeure
 -----------------
@@ -528,12 +528,12 @@ whether of like or different nature, beyond the reasonable control of such party
 cause or causes exist.
 
 
-.. _general_provisions:
+.. _general_provisions_online:
 
 8 General Provisions
 ====================
 
-.. _governing_law:
+.. _governing_law_online:
 
 8.1 Governing Law
 -----------------
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ To the extent that any lawsuit or court proceeding is permitted hereinabove, bot
 parties agree to submit to the sole jurisdiction of the Nivelles (Belgium) court for the purpose of
 litigating all disputes.
 
-.. _severability:
+.. _severability_online:
 
 8.2 Severability
 ----------------
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ unenforceable provision of this Agreement by a valid provision having the same e
 objectives.
 
 
-.. _appendix_a:
+.. _appendix_a_online:
 
 9 Appendix A: Odoo Enterprise Edition License
 =============================================

legal/terms/partnership.rst

@@ -5,7 +5,9 @@
 Odoo Partnership Agreement
 ==========================
 
-.. note:: Version 6 - 2017-12-04
+.. note:: Version 6a - 2017-12-11
+
+.. v6a: typo in section 4.4
 
 
 BETWEEN:
@@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ for any reason whatsoever and by any means whatsoever.
 
 4.4 Training Benefits
 ---------------------
-PARTNER has access to the ODOO knowledge base as soon as PARTNER for the duration of this Agreement.
+PARTNER has access to the ODOO knowledge base for the duration of this Agreement.
 The ODOO knowledge base is an online e-platform containing a set of commercial, marketing
 and function documents, to help PARTNER acquire and leverage Odoo knowledge, grow its business,
 attract more customers, and build brand awareness.
@@ -288,7 +290,7 @@ advertisements or other public announcements.
 In particular, PARTNER accepts to be mentioned, and that PARTNER's logo and trademark may used for
 this purpose only, in the official list of the ODOO partners.
 
-.. _no_soliciting:
+.. _no_soliciting_partnership:
 
 8.4 No Soliciting or Hiring
 ---------------------------

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -54,82 +54,81 @@ msgstr ""
 "para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google."
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
-msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
-msgstr "Selecciona *Calendar API*."
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
-"to store your API credentials."
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
 msgstr ""
-"Crea un nuevo proyecto y asígnale un nombre (p.e. Odoo). Este proyecto se "
-"necesita para almacenar las credenciales de tu API."
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
 msgid "Enable the API."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
-msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
-msgstr "Crear credenciales para usar en Odoo"
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
+"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
 "of data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
-"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
-" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
-"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
+"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
+"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
 "'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
-"A continuación puedes crear una ID de cliente. Introduce el nombre de la "
-"aplicación (p.e. Odoo) y las páginas permitidas a las que te redirigirá. El "
-"origen autorizado de JavaScript es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo. La URI de"
-" redirección autorizada es la URL de tu instancia de Odoo seguida de "
-"'/google_account/authentication'."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). "
-"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The"
-" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
-"the first time."
-msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
-" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
+"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
+"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
+" in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
 msgid "Setup in Odoo"
 msgstr "Configuración en Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
-msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
-msgstr "Instalar la aplicación **Calendario de Google**. "
-
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
-"credentials in Google Calendar option."
+"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
+"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
 msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
+" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
+msgid ""
 "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
 "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
 "connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
 " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
 msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!"
 
@@ -169,8 +168,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración"
 
@@ -1008,19 +1007,11 @@ msgid ""
 "On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule "
 "(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module "
 "tutorial "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or "
 "`Syntax reference guide "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
 "domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
 msgstr ""
-"En el menú del equipo de ventas, usa el campo de **Dominio** para "
-"especificar el dominio de la regla (para detalles técnicos de la referencia "
-"del domino ver el `tutorial del Módulo Constructor "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ o "
-"`la guía de referencia de la Sintaxis "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
-"domains>`__) la cual va a permitir que sólo uno de las iniciativas una el "
-"dominio del equipo."
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -1311,6 +1302,159 @@ msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
 msgid "Odoo VOIP"
 msgstr "Odoo VOIP"
 
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "OnSIP Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introducción"
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
+" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
+"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
+"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
+"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
+"configuration procedure below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
+"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
+"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
+"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23
+msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24
+msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
+"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31
+msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32
+msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33
+msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34
+msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"You can find all this information by logging in at "
+"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
+"and refer to the fields as pictured below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
+"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
+" Odoo and in OnSIP)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
+"to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
+" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
+"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
+"international prefix for the United States)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
+"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63
+msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
+"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
+" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
+"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper "
+"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.zoiper.android.app>`_. "
+"You will have to configure it as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69
+msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74
+msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
+" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Installation and Setup"
 msgstr "Instalación y configuración"
@@ -1931,23 +2075,14 @@ msgstr "**Vista Kanban :**"
 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a "
-"`list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html"
-"#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-"
-"views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped "
-"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or "
-"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
+"`list view "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#lists>`__ and "
+"a non-editable `form view "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#forms>`__ and "
+"displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use "
+"in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress "
+"management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
 msgstr ""
-"En Odoo, la vista Kanban es una herramienta de visualización del flujo de "
-"trabajo a medio camino entre un `vista de lista "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-"
-"views-list>`__ y no editable `forma de la vista "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-"
-"views-form>`__ y la visualización de los registros como \"tarjetas\". Los "
-"registros pueden ser agrupados en columnas para el uso en la visualización "
-"del flujo de trabajo o manipulación (por ejemplo, las tareas o la gestión "
-"del trabajo-curso), o no agrupados (utilizan simplemente para visualizar "
-"registros)."
 
 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66
 msgid "**List view :**"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po

@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "o"
 msgid ""
 "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
 "<https://www.odoo.com "
-"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
+"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba <atgayol@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
+msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba <atgayol@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -227,6 +227,9 @@ msgid ""
 "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the "
 "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
 msgstr ""
+"Si un artículo ya no está disponible para la venta, despublícalo de tu sitio"
+" web. Si se trata de una variante de producto particular, desactiva la "
+"variante en el backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)."
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "How to manage product variants"
@@ -416,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
 msgid "To publish optional products:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para publicar productos opcionales:"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -472,7 +475,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
 msgid "Currency selector"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Selector de moneda"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25
 msgid ""
@@ -483,19 +486,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35
 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36
 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3
 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo crear y compartir códigos promocionales"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -545,7 +548,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`pricing`"
 
 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3
 msgid "How to enable comments & rating"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -383,43 +383,43 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
 msgid "32.000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32.000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
 msgid "32000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
 msgid "32,000.00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "32,000.00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
 msgid "-32000.00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "-32000.00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
 msgid "(32000.00)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(32000.00)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
 msgid "$ 32.000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$ 32.000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
 msgid "(32000.00 €)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(32000.00 €)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
 msgid "Example that will not work:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ejemplo que no servirá:"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
 msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ABC 32.000,00"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
 msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "$ (32.000,00)"
 
 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
 msgid "How to add a user"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo agregar un usuario"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
 msgid "Add individual users"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Agregar usuarios individuales"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
 msgid "Change your language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modificar su lenguaje"
 
 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
 msgid ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -24,13 +24,10 @@ msgstr "Implementación de Odoo en línea"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack "
-"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with"
-" our product."
+"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack "
+"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
+"product."
 msgstr ""
-" Este documento resume los servicios en línea de Odoo nuestro Paquete de "
-"Éxito incluye metodología de implementación y mejores prácticas a empezar "
-"con nuestro producto."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -68,23 +65,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
-" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
+" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
 "can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que haya comprado una suscripcion de Odoo Online, recibirá "
-"instrucciones por correo electronico de como activar o crear su base de "
-"datos. Desde ese correo, puede activar so base de datos existente o crear "
-"una nueva desde cero."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
-"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support "
-"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
+"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
-"Si no recibió este correo, ej. porque el pago fue realizado por alguien mas "
-"en su compañía, contacte a nuestro soporte usando nuestro `formulario de "
-"soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -97,14 +87,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
-" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / "
-"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user "
-"interface as shown in the picture below."
+" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or "
+"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
+"user interface as shown in the picture below."
 msgstr ""
-"Para familiarizarse con el interfaz de usuario, tomase unos minutos para "
-"crear registros: *Productos, clientes, prospectos o proyectos / tareas*. "
-"Siguie los areas pulsandos, le daran pistas sobre el uso del interfaz como "
-"lo muestra la imagen abajo."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
 msgid "|left_pic|"
@@ -171,13 +157,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success "
+"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success "
 "Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
 "<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
 msgstr ""
-"Vea los videos en nuestra plataforma de aprendizaje (Gratuito en su primer "
-"paquete de exito): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
-"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
 msgid ""
@@ -189,11 +172,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
 msgid ""
-"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support "
-"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
+"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
-"O envíe sus preguntas a nuestro soporte en línea a través de nuestro "
-"`formulario de soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
 msgid "What do we expect from you?"
@@ -226,50 +207,33 @@ msgstr "Su gestor de implementación interno"
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
-"work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure"
+"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure"
 " efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
 "person must:"
 msgstr ""
-"Le pedimos mantener un único punto de contacto dentro de su empresa para "
-"trabajar con nuestro administrador de proyectos en Odoo. Esto es para "
-"garantizar la eficiencia y una única base de conocimiento en su empresa. "
-"Además, esta persona debe:"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
 msgid ""
-"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
+"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
 "risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
 "implementations having a full time project manager."
 msgstr ""
-"**Estar disponible mínimo 2 días completos a la semana** para el proyecto, "
-"de lo contrario, arriesga ralentizar su implementación. Más es mejor, las "
-"implementaciones más rápidas son con un gerente de proyecto a tiempo "
-"completo."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
 msgid ""
-"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
+"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
 "all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
-"details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much "
+"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much "
 "back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
 "it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
 msgstr ""
-"**Tener autoridad para tomar decisiones** por su propia cuenta. En el "
-"proceso de implementación de Odoo, normalmente serán mejorado los procesos "
-"de cada departamento. En un tal proyecto, muchas decisiones necesitan ser "
-"tomadas sobre pequeños detalles. Si se presenta demasiado involucramiento "
-"burocrático entre varios encargados, puede potencialmente ralentizar el "
-"proceso."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
 msgid ""
-"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
+"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
 "support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
 "management."
 msgstr ""
-"**Tener liderazgo** para entrenar y enforzar politicas en la mayoria de "
-"departamentos. Esta persona debe contar con el apoyo, o debe ser parte, del "
-"equipo de gestión superior."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
 msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
@@ -310,11 +274,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
 "designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
-"system(s) works."
+"system(s) work."
 msgstr ""
-"**Hazlo de la manera Odoo, no de la suya.** Sea flexible, use Odoo de la "
-"manera en la cual fue diseñada. Aprende cómo funciona y no intente replicar "
-"la forma como funcionaron su(s) viejo(s) sistema(s)."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
 msgid ""
@@ -322,18 +283,10 @@ msgid ""
 "customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
 "having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
 "Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
-"learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is "
-"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing "
-"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails."
+"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more"
+" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
+"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
 msgstr ""
-"**Primero el proyecto, segundo las personalizaciónes.** Si realmente "
-"necesita personalizaciones, proyectalos para el fin del proyecto, idealmente"
-" después de llegar a la fase de producción. Una vez un cliente empieza "
-"usando Odoo, normalmente abandona el 60% de sus requerimientos de "
-"personalización inicial por que aprende como hacerlo a la \"manera mágica "
-"Odoo\". Es más importante que todos sus procesos de negocio funcionen, que "
-"personalizar una pantalla para agregar campos o automatizar algunos correos "
-"electrónicos."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
 msgid ""
@@ -359,12 +312,9 @@ msgstr "Invierte tiempo en aprender Odoo"
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
 msgid ""
 "Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
-" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and"
-" easier your training phases will be."
+" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
+"easier your training phases will be."
 msgstr ""
-"Empiece su prueba gratis. Juega con el sistema. Entre más cómodo se sienta "
-"con Odoo, mejor van a ser sus decisiones y más fácil será la fase de "
-"capacitaciones."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
 msgid ""
@@ -500,23 +450,16 @@ msgstr "Soporte"
 msgid ""
 "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
 "extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
-"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
-"everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
-"configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
+"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
+"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
+"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
 msgstr ""
-"Su suscripción Odoo Online incluye un **servicio de soporte illimitado, "
-"24/5, lunes a viernes sin ningún costo adicional**. Para cubrir soporte de "
-"24 horas, nuestros equipos están en San Francisco, Bélgica y la India. "
-"Cuestiones pueden ser sobre cualquier duda: cómo usar o configurar, errores "
-"del sistema, problemas de pago o de suscripción."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
 msgid ""
-"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form "
+"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
-"Nuestro soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestro `formulario de "
-"soporte en línea <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
 msgid ""
@@ -547,14 +490,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
 msgid ""
 "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
-"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill "
+"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
 "our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
 "request."
 msgstr ""
-"Otorgamos la opción de actualizar en un entorno de pruebas para que pueda "
-"evaluar la nueva versión y entrenar su equipo antes de desplegar. "
-"Simplemente llene nuestro `formulario de soporte en línea "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ para hacer esta solicitud."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
 msgid "Success Pack Services"
@@ -563,18 +502,18 @@ msgstr "Servicios del Succes Pack"
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
-"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours "
-"you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
+"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
+"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
 "your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
-"within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute "
-"to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope "
-"Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an "
-"increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
+"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to"
+" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope "
+"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
+" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
 msgid ""
-"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: "
+"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
 "`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -582,11 +521,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
 "defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
-"your success pack."
+"your Success Pack."
 msgstr ""
-"La meta del gerente de proyectos es ayudarle para salir a producción en el "
-"marco de tiempo y presupuesto acordado, es decir en el número de horas "
-"inicialmente definido en su paquete Success Pack"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
 msgid "His/her role includes:"
@@ -594,56 +530,40 @@ msgstr "Su rol incluye:"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
 msgid ""
-"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
-" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
-"features."
+"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
+" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
 msgstr ""
-"**Gestión de proyecto:** revisar sus objectivos y expectativas, programar la"
-" implementación (road map), correpsonder sus necesidades de negocio a las "
-"funcionalidades de Odoo."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
-msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
+msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
 msgstr ""
-"**Soporte personalizado:** por teléfono, correo electrónico o webinar."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
 msgid ""
-"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen "
-"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
+"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
+"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
 "be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
 "consultant."
 msgstr ""
-"**Entrenamiento, capacitación y consultoría presencial:** capacitaciónes "
-"remotas compartiendo pantallas o entrenamiento presencial. Para sesiones de "
-"entrenamiento presencial, incurrirá en costos adicionales por viaticos y "
-"alojamienteo de nuestros consultores."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
 msgid ""
-"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
-"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
+"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
+"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
 "structures, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
-"**Configuración:** desiciones sobre cómo implementar necesidades especificas"
-" en Odoo y configuracipónes avanzadas. (por ejemplo rutas logísticas, "
-"estrucutras de precios avanzadas, etcétera)"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
 msgid ""
-"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
+"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
 "prepared by the project manager."
 msgstr ""
-"**Importaciones de datos:** podemos hacerlo nosotros o asistirle en hacerlo "
-"con una plantilla preparada por nuestro gerente de proyectos."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
 msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
+"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
 "services:"
 msgstr ""
-"Si se ha suscrito a la opción **Aplicación personalizada**, se beneficiará "
-"de los siguientes servicios adicionales:"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
 msgid ""
@@ -656,35 +576,26 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
-"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
-"developers for advanced customizations."
+"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
+"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
+" for advanced customizations."
 msgstr ""
-"**Personalización de reportes (PDF):** nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen"
-" acceso a desarolladores para personalizaciones avanzadas."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
 msgid ""
-"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
+"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
 "cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
 "building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
-"of your success pack."
+"of your Success Pack."
 msgstr ""
-"**Diseño de página web:** temas estándares están disponibles sin costo "
-"adicional. Sin embargo, su gerente de proyectos puede consultarle en cómo "
-"utilizar los bloques básicos del módulo diseñador de páginas. El tiempo con "
-"el cliente se descontará de las horas del paquete Success Pack."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
 msgid ""
-"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
-"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
-"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
+"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
+"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
+" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
+"developers."
 msgstr ""
-"**Automatizaciones de flujos de trabajo:** por ejemplo colocar valores en "
-"campos basado en activadores, mandar recordatorios por correo electornico, "
-"automatizar acciónes, etcétera. Para automatizaciónes muy avanzadas, "
-"nuestros gerentes de proyectos tienen acceso a desarolladores Odoo."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
 msgid ""
@@ -706,43 +617,33 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
 msgid ""
-"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
-"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
-"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours "
-"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be "
-"added to the subscription fee."
+"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
+" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
+"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
+"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
+" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
+" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
+" subscription fee."
 msgstr ""
-"En el caso que la personalización requiera la intervención de un "
-"desarrollador, se cobrará una tarifa de mantenimiento recurrente en la "
-"suscripción del cliente, para cubrir los servicios de mantenimiento y "
-"actualizaciones. Este costo estará basado en las horas gastadas por el "
-"desarrollador: se agregaran 4 € o $ 5 / mes por cada hora de desarrollo será"
-" agregado a la tarifa de suscripción."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
 msgid ""
-"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
+"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
 "hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
-"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
 msgstr ""
-"**Ejemplo:** una personalización que requirió 2 horas de desarrollo costará:"
-" 2 horas deducidas del paquete de exito por el desarrollo personalizado 2 * "
-"$5 = $10/ mes como tarifa recurrente para el mantenimiento de esta "
-"personalización. "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
 msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr "Metodología de implantación"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
 msgid ""
-"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
-" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
+"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
+"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
 msgstr ""
-"Seguimos una metodología **esbelta y práctica**, que empleamos para salir "
-"junto con nuestros clientes a producción en un tiempo corto y a costo bajo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
 msgid ""
 "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
 "progressively, by groups of apps."
@@ -750,62 +651,47 @@ msgstr ""
 "Tras la reunión de lanzamiento, definimos un plan para desplegar Odoo "
 "progresivamente, por grupos de aplicaciones."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
 "understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
-"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will "
-"fully use in production at the end of the phase."
+"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
+"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
 msgstr ""
-"La meta de la **llamada de arranque** para nuestro gerente de proyectos es "
-"lograr entender su negocio para proponer un cronograma de implementación "
-"(planeación). Cada fase consiste en el despliegue de un conjunto de "
-"aplicaciónes que utilizará plenamente al final de la fase."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr "Para cada fase se dan los siguientes pasos:"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
 msgid ""
-"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
+"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
 "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
 " business process and configure according to your specific needs."
 msgstr ""
-"**Incorporación:** El gerente de proyectos de Odoo revisará los procesos "
-"internos con vosotros según su negocio. La meta es entrenarle, validar los "
-"procesos internos y configurar la instancia segun sus necesidades "
-"específicas."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
 msgid ""
-"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
-"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
-"manager will import them in Odoo."
+"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
+"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
+"project manager will import them in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"**Datos:** son creados manualmente o importados de su sistema existente. "
-"Usted será responsable de exportar los datos de su sistema existente y el "
-"gerente de proyectos de Odoo los importará en Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
 msgid ""
-"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
+"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
 " system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
 "back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
 "process your feedback."
 msgstr ""
-"** Entrenamiento: ** una vez que sus aplicaciones estén configuradas, sus "
-"datos importados, y el sistema esté funcionando sin problemas, usted "
-"capacitará a sus usuarios. Habrá algunos ajustes con su gerente de proyecto "
-"Odoo para responder a las preguntas y procesar sus comentarios."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 "**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo esté entrenado, sus usuarios "
 "comienzan a usar Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:364
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
 msgid ""
 "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
 "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
@@ -815,22 +701,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "finiquitar los procesos y **automatizar** algunas tareas y hacer las "
 "restantes personalizaciónes (**pantallas extras y reportes**)."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
 msgid ""
-"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
+"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
 "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
 "needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez todas las aplicaciónes estén despliegadas y sus usuarios se sientan "
-"cómodos trabajndo con Odoo, nuestro gerente de proyectos no trabajará mas en"
-" su proyectos (salvo que tenga nuevos requerimientos) y usted utilizará el "
-"servicio de soporte si tiene más preguntas."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
 msgid "Managing your databases"
 msgstr "Gestionando sus bases de datos"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
 msgid ""
 "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
 " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
@@ -839,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "clic en **Mis bases de datos** en el menú desplegable que aparece en la "
 "esquina superior derecha."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
 msgid ""
 "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
 "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
@@ -849,19 +731,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "de actualizar a una versión más reciente. ¡No ensucie el entorno de trabajo "
 "con los datos de prueba!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
 msgid ""
-"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
-"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
-"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** "
-"page and click **Duplicate**."
+"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
+"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
+"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
+"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
 msgstr ""
-"Para este propósito, puede crear las instancias de prueba que necesite "
-"(disponible durante 15 días). Estas instancias pueden ser copias al día con "
-"su instancia de producción. Para este efecto, vaya a su cuenta en Odoo.com y"
-" en la página **Mis organizaciónes** haga clic en **Duplicar**."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:397
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid ""
 "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
 "<db_management/documentation>`."
@@ -869,11 +747,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Puede encontrar más información acerca de como administrar sus bases de "
 "datos :ref:`aquí <db_management/documentation>`."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:401
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr "Éxito del cliente"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
 msgid ""
 "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
 "have all the resources needed to complete their project."
@@ -881,7 +759,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo se apasiona en deleitar a nuestros clientes y asegurar que disponen de "
 "todos los recursos para copmletar su proyecto."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
 msgid ""
 "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
 "manager and eventually the support team."
@@ -889,7 +767,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Durante la fase de implementación. el punto de contacto es nuestro gerente "
 "de proyectos, y posiblemente el equipo de soporte."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
 msgid ""
 "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
 "your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@@ -903,7 +781,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "con nuestros clientes. Le contactará para demostrar nuevas versiones, "
 "mejorar la manera de cómo utiliza Odoo y evaluar sus necesidades, etcétera."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
 msgid ""
 "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
 "a solution that grows with their needs!"
@@ -911,10 +789,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente durante al menos 10 años,"
 " y ofrecerles una solución que crezca con sus necesidades!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:419
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr "¡Bienvenido a bordo, y disfrute su experiencia con Odoo!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:422
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Christopher Ormaza <chris.ormaza@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:5
+msgid "Helpdesk"
+msgstr "Soporte"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:8
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Información general"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:11
+msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:13
+msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:15
+msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:21
+msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:23
+msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
+" the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team,"
+" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. "
+"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
+" or manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:40
+msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
+"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
+"the lower right-hand side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
+" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
+"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
+"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:55
+msgid "Start receiving tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:58
+msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
+"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
+"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
+"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
+"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
+"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
+"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
+"documentation `*here* "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:93
+msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
+" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
+"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
+"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
+"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
+"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:110
+msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
+" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
+"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
+"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:125
+msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
+"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:134
+msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
+"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:139
+msgid "Grey - Normal State"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:141
+msgid "Red - Blocked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:143
+msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
+"Ticket form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:152
+msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
+"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
+"timesheets will log against."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:161
+msgid ""
+"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
+" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
+"ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:171
+msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:173
+msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
+"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
+msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
-msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|"
+msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
@@ -820,10 +820,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "dependiendo de sus estrategias de producción y entrega."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10
 msgid "Terminology"
 msgstr "Terminología"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13
 msgid "Minimum stock rule"
 msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo"
 
@@ -844,6 +846,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58
 msgid "Make to Order"
 msgstr "Orden bajo pedido"
 
@@ -885,6 +889,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
@@ -898,6 +903,7 @@ msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33
 msgid "Minimum stock rules"
 msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo"
 
@@ -1038,10 +1044,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "En la forma de producto, bajo **Inventario**, clic en **Orden bajo Pedido**."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70
 msgid "Choice between the two options"
 msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
 "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
@@ -4878,8 +4886,8 @@ msgid "Main Concepts"
 msgstr "Conceptos Principales"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
-msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management"
-msgstr "Administración de Doble-Entrada de Inventario"
+msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -6950,7 +6958,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Tipos de costos en "
 "destino`."
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
 "valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
@@ -6960,11 +6968,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "valoración en tiempo real con método de costeo de precio real. Este método "
 "de costeo es configurado en la categoría del producto."
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
 msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
 msgstr "Vincular los costos en destino a una transferencia"
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
 "Control --> Landed Costs`."
@@ -6972,7 +6980,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Para calcular los costos en destino, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
 "Control de Inventario --> Costos en Destino`."
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
 "attribute landed costs."
@@ -6980,14 +6988,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "De clic en el botón **Crear** y seleccione el/los envío(s) al/los que desee "
 "atribuir costos en destino."
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
 "you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
 "easier to keep track of your postings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
 "across the picking lines."
@@ -6995,7 +7003,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Haga clic en el botón **Calcular** para ver como los costos en destino serán"
 " repartidos a través de las líneas de envíos."
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7659,6 +7667,71 @@ msgstr ":doc:`uso`"
 msgid ":doc:`uom`"
 msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
 
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3
+msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
+"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
+"delivery strategies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
+"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
+"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
+" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
+" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
+"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
+"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
+"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
+"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
+" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
+"values for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
+"multiple\" fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
+"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
+"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
+"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
+"other module where products are available)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64
+msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3
 msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
 msgstr "¿Cómo usar diferentes unidades de medida?"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: oihane <oihanecruce@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -22,335 +22,33 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manufacturing"
 msgstr "Fabricación"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
-msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
-msgstr "Operaciones de fabricación"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
-msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
+msgid "Manufacturing Management"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
-msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
-"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
-"delivery strategies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
-msgid "Terminology"
-msgstr "Terminología"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
-msgid "Minimum stock rule"
-msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
-"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
-"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
-" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
-" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
-msgid "Make to Order"
-msgstr "Orden bajo pedido"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
-"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
-"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
-"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuración"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
-msgid "Minimum stock rules"
-msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
-"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
-" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
-"values for a given product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
-"multiple\" fields"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
-"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
-"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
-"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
-"other module where products are available)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
-msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
-msgid "Choice between the two options"
-msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones "
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
-"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
-"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
-"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
-msgstr ""
-"De este modo, la elección entre las dos opciones depende de su estrategia de"
-" inventario. Si prefiere tener una reserva y contar siempre con una cantidad"
-" mínima, debe usar las reglas de stock mínimo. Si prefiere reaprovisionar "
-"sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas "
-"bajo pedido."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Información general"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
-msgid "Bill of Materials"
-msgstr "Lista de materiales"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
-msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
-"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
-"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
-"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
-"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
-msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
-"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
-"step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
-"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
-"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
-"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
-"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
-msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
-"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
-"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
-"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
-" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
-"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
-"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
-"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
-"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
-"their default values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
-msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
-" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
-" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
-"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
-"will appear in your stock."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
-"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
-"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
-"stock management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
-"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
-" order rather than a packing operation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
-msgid ""
-"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
-"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
-msgid ""
-"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
-" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
-"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
-"variants."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
-msgid ""
-"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
-"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
-"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
-msgid ""
-"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
-"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
-"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
-"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
-"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
-"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
-"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
-" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
-"subassembly is created as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
-msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
-"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
-"subassembly as you would for any product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
-msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
-"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
-"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
-"effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
-"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
-"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Primeros pasos"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
-msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
 "products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
 "manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
 "can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
 "describe multiple variants of the same product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
 msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
 "orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
@@ -359,7 +57,7 @@ msgid ""
 "documentation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
 "product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
@@ -372,7 +70,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
 "**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
@@ -380,11 +78,11 @@ msgid ""
 "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
 "and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
@@ -392,14 +90,14 @@ msgid ""
 "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
 "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
 "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
 "consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
@@ -409,23 +107,23 @@ msgid ""
 "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
 "primary product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
 "under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
@@ -433,27 +131,196 @@ msgid ""
 "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
+"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
+"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
+"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
+"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
+"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
+"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
+" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
+"subassembly is created as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
+"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
+"subassembly as you would for any product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
+msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
+"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
+"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
+"effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
+"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
+"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
+"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
+" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
+"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
+"variants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
+"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
+"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
+msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
+"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
+"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
+"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
+"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
+msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
+"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
+"step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
+"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
+"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
+"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
+"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
+"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
+"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
+"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
+" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
+"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
+"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
+"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
+"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
+"their default values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
+msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
+" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
+" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
+"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
+"will appear in your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
+"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
+"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
+"stock management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
+"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
+" order rather than a packing operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
 msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr "Introducción"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
 "manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
@@ -463,11 +330,11 @@ msgid ""
 "performed in an order defined by **routings**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
 "work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
@@ -475,26 +342,26 @@ msgid ""
 "work orders and routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
 "are two basic phases from planning to production:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52
 msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
 msgid "Record Production"
 msgstr "registro de producción"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
 " production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
@@ -503,14 +370,14 @@ msgid ""
 "**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
 "scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
 "planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
 "configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
@@ -518,217 +385,30 @@ msgid ""
 " step of scheduling work orders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50
 msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54
 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56
 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "Conceptos Principales"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "Transcripción"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
-msgid "Work in progress."
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
-msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
+msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the "
-"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. "
-"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a "
-"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in "
-"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
-msgid "Cycle"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing "
-"process can be fulfilled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
-msgid "Downtime or Leave"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, "
-"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable "
-"time is called a Leave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
-msgid "Finished products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are "
-"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order "
-"of the company."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
-msgid "Kit"
-msgstr "Kit"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
-msgid ""
-"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but "
-"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
-msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
-msgid ""
-"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it "
-"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its "
-"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of "
-"intermediate products."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level "
-"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
-msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level "
-"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while "
-"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the "
-"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they "
-"were direct components of the parent BOM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of "
-"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate "
-"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
-msgid "Raw Materials"
-msgstr "Materias primas"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to "
-"produce semi-finished or finished goods."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It "
-"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
-msgid "Routing"
-msgstr "Ruta de producción"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work "
-"Centers at which they will be carried out"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
-msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
-msgid ""
-"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in"
-" another manufacturing order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
-msgid "Work Order Operations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully "
-"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to"
-" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also "
-"called work center)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
-msgid "Work Order"
-msgstr "Orden de trabajo"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for "
-"execution on a given date and a given duration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
-msgid "Work Center"
-msgstr "Centro de producción"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to"
-" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity "
-"is a combination of resources and their availability time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
-msgid "Resources"
-msgstr "Recursos"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100
-msgid ""
-"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine "
-"available in a work center."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
-msgid "Working Time"
-msgstr "Horario de trabajo"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
-msgid ""
-"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set"
-" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Información general"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Cristóbal Martí Oliver <info@moblesmarti.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Carles Antoli <carlesantoli@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "productos. "
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
 msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras"
 
@@ -1514,20 +1515,12 @@ msgstr "Proceso de creación de imagen"
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179
 msgid ""
 "We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in "
-"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
+"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
 "More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
+"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
 " This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to "
 "`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download."
 msgstr ""
-"Para generar la imagen oficial que usarán los scripts en la Terminal del "
-"Punto de Venta en "
-"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. Más"
-" específico, deberá correr `posbox_create_image.sh "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
-" Esto construirá una imagen llamada ``posbox.img``, con un zip que nos "
-"ayudará a subir `nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ para usuarios"
-" al descargar."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:187
 msgid ""
@@ -1787,18 +1780,9 @@ msgid ""
 "implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` "
 "and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only "
 "used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored "
-"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` "
+"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``11.0`` "
 "branch."
 msgstr ""
-"La Terminal del Punto de Venta ejecuta una instalación Raspbian Linux muy "
-"modificada, un derivado de Debian para el Raspberry Pi. También se ejecuta "
-"una instalación sencilla de Odoo que proporciona el servidor web y los "
-"controladores. Los controladores de hardware se implementan como módulos de "
-"Odoo. Esos módulos tienen el prefijo ``hw_* `` y ellos son los únicos "
-"módulos que se ejecutan en la Terminal del Punto de Venta. Odoo sólo se "
-"utiliza para el marco que proporciona. No hay datos de negocio que se "
-"procesen o almacenen en la Terminal del Punto de Venta. La instancia Odoo es"
-" un git clone superficial de la rama ``8.0``."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:335
 msgid ""
@@ -2418,48 +2402,189 @@ msgid "Point of Sale Name"
 msgstr "Nombre del TPV"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale"
-msgstr "Identificación interna del TPV"
+msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Journal"
-msgstr "Diario de ventas"
+msgid "Sales Channel"
+msgstr "Canal de Ventas"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
-msgstr "Diario contable usado para contabilizar los asientos."
+msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoice Journal"
-msgstr "Diario de factura"
+msgid "Restaurant Floors"
+msgstr "Pisos del Restaurante"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr "Diario contable utilizado para crear facturas."
+msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Group Journal Items"
-msgstr "Agrupar apuntes"
+msgid "Orderline Notes"
+msgstr "Notas de la Línea de Pedido"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Display Category Pictures"
+msgstr "Mostrar Imágenes de Categoría"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
+msgstr ""
+"El punto de venta mostrará esta categoría de Productos por Defecto . Si no "
+"se ESPECIFICA Una categoría , Todos los Productos Disponibles se mostrarán"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Initial Category"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
-"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
-" Session"
+"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
+"category is specified, all available products will be shown."
 msgstr ""
-"Marque esta casilla si quiere agrupar los apuntes contable por producto en "
-"el cierre de sesión."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcodes"
-msgstr "Códigos de barras"
+msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
+msgstr "Teclado virtual"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Large Scrollbars"
+msgstr "Barras de desplazamiento grandes"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "IP Address"
+msgstr "Dirección IP"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
+"left empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Scan via Proxy"
+msgstr "Escanear vía proxy"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Electronic Scale"
+msgstr "Balanza electrónica"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Cashdrawer"
+msgstr "Cajón de monedas"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Print via Proxy"
+msgstr "Imprimir vía proxy"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Customer Facing Display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to "
-"products, customers and cashiers"
+"products, customers and cashiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Fiscal Positions"
+msgstr "Posiciones fiscales"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply"
+" specific tax rates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Available Pricelists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a"
+" pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To "
+"be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. "
+"Otherwise the default pricelist will apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Default Pricelist"
+msgstr "Tarifa por defecto"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale"
+" Pricelist configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product "
+"prices on orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Cash Control"
+msgstr "Control de efectivo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
+msgstr "Revisar la cantidad en caja al inicio y al cierre."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
+msgstr "Llenado previo pago en efectivo"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
+"prefilled with the exact due amount."
 msgstr ""
-"Define que tipo de códigos de barra están disponibles y como se asignan a "
-"productos, clientes y cajeros"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
@@ -2474,151 +2599,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "personalizar los números de referencia de sus pedidos."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr "Canal de Ventas"
+msgid "Receipt Header"
+msgstr "Cabecera del recibo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
-msgstr "Teclado virtual"
+msgid "Receipt Footer"
+msgstr "Pie del recibo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard"
-msgstr "Habilitar un teclado virtual integrado"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoicing"
-msgstr "Facturación"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Habilitar generación de facturas desde el TPV"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
-msgstr "Llenado previo pago en efectivo"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
-"prefilled with the exact due amount"
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt."
 msgstr ""
-"La entrada de pago se comportará similarmente a la entrada de pago bancario "
-", y se auto rellenará con la cantidad exacta debido"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Start Category"
-msgstr "Categoría inicial"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
-"category is specified, all available products will be shown"
-msgstr ""
-"El punto de venta mostrará esta categoría de productos por defecto. Si no se"
-" especifica una categoría, todos los productos disponibles se mostrarán"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Tip Product"
-msgstr "Producto Propina"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not "
-"accept tips."
-msgstr ""
-"El producto utilizado para codificar la propina del cliente. Dejar en blanco"
-" si usted no acepta propina ."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Include Taxes in Prices"
-msgstr "Incluir Impuestos en los precios"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have "
-"been setup differently"
-msgstr ""
-"Los precios mostrados no siempre incluyen todos los impuestos , incluso si "
-"los impuestos se han configurado de forma diferente"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Large Scrollbars"
-msgstr "Barras de desplazamiento grandes"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens"
-msgstr "Para pantallas táctiles industriales imprecisas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Display Category Pictures"
-msgstr "Mostrar Imágenes de Categoría"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
-msgstr ""
-"El punto de venta mostrará esta categoría de Productos por Defecto . Si no "
-"se ESPECIFICA Una categoría , Todos los Productos Disponibles se mostrarán"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "IP Address"
-msgstr "Dirección IP"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
-"left empty"
-msgstr ""
-"El nombre de equipo o la dirección IP del proxy hardware. Será autodetectado"
-" si se deja vacío"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcode Scanner"
-msgstr "Lector de códigos de barras"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner"
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar escaneado de código de barras con un escáner remoto conectado"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Electronic Scale"
-msgstr "Balanza electrónica"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration"
-msgstr "Habilitar integración de una balanza electrónica"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cashdrawer"
-msgstr "Cajón de monedas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer"
-msgstr "Abrir automáticamente el cajón de monedas"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Printer"
-msgstr "Impresora de recibos"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy"
-msgstr "Saltar impresión del navegador e imprimir vía el proxy hardware"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
 msgstr "Impresión automática del recibo"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order"
-msgstr "El recibo se imprimirá automáticamente al final de cada orden"
+msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Skip Receipt Screen"
-msgstr "Saltar Pantalla de Recibo"
+msgid "Skip Preview Screen"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -2629,60 +2635,62 @@ msgstr ""
 "automática."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Header"
-msgstr "Encabezado"
+msgid "Bill Printing"
+msgstr "Impresión de la cuenta"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt"
-msgstr "Un texto corto que se insertará como cabecera en el recibo impreso"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Footer"
-msgstr "Pie de página"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt"
-msgstr "Un texto corto que se insertará como pie en el recibo impreso"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cash Control"
-msgstr "Control de efectivo"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
-msgstr "Revisar la cantidad en caja al inicio y al cierre."
+msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Bill Splitting"
 msgstr "Separación de la cuenta"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Habilita la separación de cuentas en el TPV"
+msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Printing"
-msgstr "Impresión de la cuenta"
+msgid "Tip Product"
+msgstr "Producto Propina"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment"
-msgstr "Permitir imprimir la cuenta antes del pago"
+msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Orderline Notes"
-msgstr "Notas de la Línea de Pedido"
+msgid "Invoicing"
+msgstr "Facturación"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines"
-msgstr "Permite notas en las líneas de pedido"
+msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restaurant Floors"
-msgstr "Pisos del Restaurante"
+msgid "Invoice Journal"
+msgstr "Diario de factura"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale"
-msgstr "Los pisos del restaurante atendidos en este punto de venta"
+msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
+msgstr "Diario contable utilizado para crear facturas."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Sales Journal"
+msgstr "Diario de ventas"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
+msgstr "Diario contable usado para contabilizar los asientos."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Group Journal Items"
+msgstr "Agrupar apuntes"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
+" Session."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
 msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale."

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -19,4 +20,4 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../practical.rst:3
 msgid "Practical Information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Información Práctica"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -2218,8 +2218,10 @@ msgstr "Documento origen"
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a"
-" sales order or an internal procurement request)"
+" sales order)"
 msgstr ""
+"Referencia del documento que generó esta solicitud de pedido de compra (por "
+"ejemplo, un pedido de cliente)"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Deliver To"
@@ -2227,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "Entregar a"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Esto determinará el tipo de operación del envío entrante"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Drop Ship Address"
@@ -2557,7 +2559,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:19
 msgid "Unit price for each product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Precio unitario para cada producto"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:21
 msgid "Delivery lead time in days for each release"
@@ -2630,7 +2632,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:66
 msgid "Click on **Confirm**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Clic en **Confirmar**."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:68
 msgid ""
@@ -2671,7 +2673,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for "
 "Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/11.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17
@@ -2731,7 +2733,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:59
 msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Clic en **Confirmar llamada**."
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:61
 msgid ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49
 msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ":doc:`pricing`"
 
 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3
 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: RGB Consulting <odoo@rgbconsulting.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3
 msgid "How to translate my website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cómo traducir mi sitio web"
 
 #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -48,75 +48,81 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
-msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
-"to store your API credentials."
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
 msgid "Enable the API."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
-msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
+"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
 "of data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
-"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
-" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
-"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
+"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
+"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
 "'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). "
-"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The"
-" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
-"the first time."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
 msgid ""
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
+"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
+"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
+" in Odoo for the first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
+msgid ""
 "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
-" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
 msgid "Setup in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
-msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
-"credentials in Google Calendar option."
+"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
+"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
 msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
+" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
+msgid ""
 "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
 "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
 "connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
 " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -155,8 +161,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration"
 
@@ -988,19 +994,11 @@ msgid ""
 "On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule "
 "(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module "
 "tutorial "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or "
 "`Syntax reference guide "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
 "domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
 msgstr ""
-"Sur le menu de votre équipe de vente, remplissez le champ **Domaine** avec "
-"une règle de domaine spécifique qui filtrera seulement les pistes "
-"correspondant au domaine de l'équipe (pour plus de détails techniques sur le"
-" domaine référez-vous au `tutoriel Construire un Module "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howto/backend.html#domains>`__ ou au"
-" `guide de référence de la Syntaxe "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
-"domains>`__)."
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -1287,6 +1285,159 @@ msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
 msgid "Odoo VOIP"
 msgstr "VOIP Odoo"
 
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "OnSIP Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introduction"
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
+" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
+"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
+"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
+"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
+"configuration procedure below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
+"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
+"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
+"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23
+msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24
+msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
+"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31
+msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32
+msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33
+msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34
+msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"You can find all this information by logging in at "
+"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
+"and refer to the fields as pictured below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
+"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
+" Odoo and in OnSIP)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
+"to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
+" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
+"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
+"international prefix for the United States)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
+"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63
+msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
+"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
+" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
+"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper "
+"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.zoiper.android.app>`_. "
+"You will have to configure it as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69
+msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74
+msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
+" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Installation and Setup"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1902,22 +2053,14 @@ msgstr "** Vue Kanban :**"
 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a "
-"`list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html"
-"#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-"
-"views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped "
-"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or "
-"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
+"`list view "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#lists>`__ and "
+"a non-editable `form view "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#forms>`__ and "
+"displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use "
+"in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress "
+"management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans Odoo, la vue Kanban est un outil de visualisation à mi-chemin entre une"
-" `vue liste <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html"
-"#reference-views-list>`__ et une `vue formulaire "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-"
-"views-form>`__ non modifiable, avec l'affichage des enregistrements en "
-"\"cartes\". Les enregistrements peuvent être regroupés en colonnes pour une "
-"utilisation dans la visualisation ou la manipulation de workflow (par ex. "
-"des tâches ou de la gestion d'avancement de travail), ou dissociées "
-"(utilisés simplement pour visualiser des enregistrements)."
 
 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66
 msgid "**List view :**"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po

@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "ou"
 msgid ""
 "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
 "<https://www.odoo.com "
-"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
+"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
+msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -24,13 +24,10 @@ msgstr "Mise en œuvre de Odoo en ligne"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack "
-"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with"
-" our product."
+"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack "
+"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
+"product."
 msgstr ""
-"Ce document résume **Les fonctionnalités de Odoo en ligne**, notre formule "
-"de succès **Méthodologie de déploiement**, et *meilleures pratiques* pour "
-"**commencer** avec notre produit."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -68,24 +65,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
-" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
+" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
 "can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois que vous avez acheté un abonnement à Odoo en ligne, vous recevrez "
-"par e-mail les instructions pour activer ou créer votre base de données. "
-"Avec cet e-mail, vous pouvez activer votre base de données Odoo déjà "
-"existante ou en créer une à partir de zéro."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
-"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support "
-"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
+"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous ne recevez pas cet e-mail, par ex. parce que le paiement a été fait "
-"par quelqu'un d'autre dans votre entreprise, contactez notre assistance en "
-"utilisant notre `formulaire d'assistance en ligne "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -98,14 +87,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
-" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / "
-"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user "
-"interface as shown in the picture below."
+" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or "
+"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
+"user interface as shown in the picture below."
 msgstr ""
-"Afin de vous familiariser avec l'interface utilisateur, prenez quelques "
-"minutes pour créer des enregistrements: *articles, clients, opportunités ou "
-"projets/tâches*. Suivez les points clignotants, ils vous donnent des "
-"conseils sur l'interface utilisateur, comme indiqué dans l'image ci-dessous."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
 msgid "|left_pic|"
@@ -176,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success "
+"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success "
 "Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
 "<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
 msgstr ""
@@ -189,11 +174,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
 msgid ""
-"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support "
-"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
+"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
-"Ou envoyez vos questions à notre assistance en ligne via notre `formulaire "
-"d'assistance en ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
 msgid "What do we expect from you?"
@@ -220,30 +203,30 @@ msgstr "Votre chef de projet interne"
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
-"work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure"
+"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure"
 " efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
 "person must:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
 msgid ""
-"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
+"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
 "risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
 "implementations having a full time project manager."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
 msgid ""
-"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
+"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
 "all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
-"details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much "
+"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much "
 "back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
 "it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
 msgid ""
-"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
+"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
 "support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
 "management."
 msgstr ""
@@ -277,11 +260,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
 "designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
-"system(s) works."
+"system(s) work."
 msgstr ""
-"**Faites-le à la manière Odoo, pas à la vôtre.** Soyez flexible, utilisez "
-"Odoo de la façon dont il a été conçu. Découvrez comment il fonctionne et "
-"n'essayez pas de reproduire la façon dont votre ancien système fonctionne."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
 msgid ""
@@ -289,9 +269,9 @@ msgid ""
 "customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
 "having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
 "Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
-"learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is "
-"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing "
-"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails."
+"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more"
+" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
+"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
@@ -311,8 +291,8 @@ msgstr "Investir du temps dans l'apprentissage d'Odoo"
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
 msgid ""
 "Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
-" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and"
-" easier your training phases will be."
+" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
+"easier your training phases will be."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
@@ -453,18 +433,16 @@ msgstr "Assistance"
 msgid ""
 "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
 "extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
-"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
-"everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
-"configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
+"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
+"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
+"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
 msgid ""
-"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form "
+"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
-"Notre assistance peut être contactée via notre `formulaire d'assistance en "
-"ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
 msgid ""
@@ -495,14 +473,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
 msgid ""
 "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
-"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill "
+"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
 "our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
 "request."
 msgstr ""
-"Nous fournissons l'option de mise à niveau dans un environnement de test "
-"afin que vous puissiez évaluer une nouvelle version ou former votre équipe "
-"avant le déploiement. Il suffit de remplir notre `formulaire d'assistance en"
-" ligne <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ pour faire cette demande."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
 msgid "Success Pack Services"
@@ -511,18 +485,18 @@ msgstr "Services Succes Pack"
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
-"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours "
-"you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
+"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
+"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
 "your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
-"within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute "
-"to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope "
-"Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an "
-"increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
+"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to"
+" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope "
+"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
+" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
 msgid ""
-"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: "
+"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
 "`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -530,11 +504,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
 "defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
-"your success pack."
+"your Success Pack."
 msgstr ""
-"L'objectif du gestionnaire de projet est de vous aider à la mise en "
-"production dans le laps de temps et le budget définis, i.e. le nombre "
-"initial d'heures définies dans votre succes pack."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
 msgid "His/her role includes:"
@@ -542,52 +513,38 @@ msgstr "Son rôle comprend :"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
 msgid ""
-"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
-" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
-"features."
+"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
+" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
 msgstr ""
-"**Gestion de projet :** l'examen de vos objectifs et attentes, la "
-"planification de la mise en œuvre (feuille de route), la cartographie entre "
-"les besoins de votre entreprise et les fonctionnalités de Odoo."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
-msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
+msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
 msgstr ""
-"**Assistance personnalisée :** par téléphone, par courriel ou webinaire."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
 msgid ""
-"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen "
-"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
+"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
+"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
 "be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
 "consultant."
 msgstr ""
-"**Formation, Coaching, et Conseils sur Site :** formations à distance via le"
-" partage d'écran ou formations sur site. Pour des sessions de formation sur "
-"site, vous devrez prévoir de payer un supplément pour les frais de voyage et"
-" d'hébergement pour votre consultant."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
 msgid ""
-"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
-"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
+"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
+"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
 "structures, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
-"**Configuration :** décisions sur la façon de mettre en œuvre des besoins "
-"spécifiques dans Odoo et configuration avancée. (par ex. routes logistique, "
-"structures avancées de tarification, etc.)"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
 msgid ""
-"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
+"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
 "prepared by the project manager."
 msgstr ""
-"**Importation de données :** nous pouvons le faire ou vous aider à le faire "
-"avec un modèle préparé par le chef de projet."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
 msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
+"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
 "services:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -599,33 +556,26 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
-"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
-"developers for advanced customizations."
+"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
+"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
+" for advanced customizations."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
 msgid ""
-"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
+"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
 "cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
 "building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
-"of your success pack."
+"of your Success Pack."
 msgstr ""
-"**Conception de site Web :** des thèmes standards sont fournis pour "
-"commencer sans frais supplémentaires. Cependant, notre chef de projet peut "
-"vous coacher sur la façon d'utiliser les blocs de construction du concepteur"
-" de site Web. Le temps passé va consommer des heures de votre succes pack."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
 msgid ""
-"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
-"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
-"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
+"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
+"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
+" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
+"developers."
 msgstr ""
-"**Automatisation des processus :** par ex. définition de valeurs dans des "
-"champs basés sur les déclencheurs, l'envoi de relance par courriel, "
-"automatisation d'actions, etc. Pour des automatisations très avancées, nos "
-"chefs de projet ont accès aux développeurs d'Odoo."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
 msgid ""
@@ -642,34 +592,33 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
 msgid ""
-"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
-"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
-"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours "
-"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be "
-"added to the subscription fee."
+"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
+" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
+"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
+"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
+" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
+" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
+" subscription fee."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
 msgid ""
-"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
+"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
 "hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
-"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
 msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr "Méthodologie d'implémentation"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
 msgid ""
-"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
-" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
+"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
+"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
 msgstr ""
-"Nous suivons une **méthodologie Lean et pratique**, qui est utilisée pour "
-"mettre les clients en production dans un court laps de temps et à un faible "
-"coût."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
 msgid ""
 "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
 "progressively, by groups of apps."
@@ -677,62 +626,47 @@ msgstr ""
 "Après la réunion de lancement, nous définissons un planning en plusieurs "
 "phases pour déployer Odoo progressivement, par groupes d'apps."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
 "understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
-"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will "
-"fully use in production at the end of the phase."
+"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
+"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
 msgstr ""
-"Le but de **l'appel de lancement** est pour notre chef de projet d'arriver à"
-" comprendre votre entreprise afin de proposer un planning de mise en œuvre "
-"phasé. Chaque phase est le déploiement d'un ensemble d'applications que vous"
-" utiliserez pleinement en production à la fin de la phase."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr "Pour chaque phase, les étapes sont les suivantes :"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
 msgid ""
-"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
+"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
 "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
 " business process and configure according to your specific needs."
 msgstr ""
-"**A l'embarquement :** Le chef de projet Odoo passera en revue les processus"
-" de Odoo avec vous, selon vos activités. Le but est de vous former, valider "
-"le processus d'affaires et de configurer selon vos besoins spécifiques."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
 msgid ""
-"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
-"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
-"manager will import them in Odoo."
+"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
+"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
+"project manager will import them in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"**Données :** créées manuellement ou importées de votre système existant. "
-"Vous êtes responsable de l'export des données de votre système existant et "
-"le chef de projet Odoo va les importer dans Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
 msgid ""
-"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
+"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
 " system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
 "back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
 "process your feedback."
 msgstr ""
-"**Formation :** une fois que les applications sont en place et les données "
-"importées, vous devez former vos utilisateurs sur l'environnement qui doit "
-"parfaitement fonctionner. Il y aura quelques aller-retours avec le chef de "
-"projet Odoo pour répondre aux questions et traiter vos retour d'information."
-" "
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 "**Production :** une fois que tout le monde est formé, les utilisateurs "
 "commencent à utiliser Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:364
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
 msgid ""
 "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
 "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
@@ -742,22 +676,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "processus, **automatiser** certaines tâches et faire les personnalisations "
 "restantes (**écrans supplémentaires et rapports**)."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
 msgid ""
-"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
+"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
 "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
 "needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois que toutes les applications sont déployées et que les utilisateurs "
-"sont à l'aise sur Odoo, notre chef de projet ne travaillera plus sur votre "
-"projet (sauf si vous avez de nouveaux besoins) et vous utiliserez le service"
-" d'assistance si vous avez d'autres questions."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
 msgid "Managing your databases"
 msgstr "Gestion de vos bases de données"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
 msgid ""
 "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
 " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
@@ -766,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cliquez sur **My Databases** dans le menu déroulant situé dans le coin "
 "supérieur droit."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
 msgid ""
 "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
 "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
@@ -776,20 +706,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "direct ou avant de passer à une version plus récente. Ne gâchez pas votre "
 "environnement de travail avec des données de test !"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
 msgid ""
-"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
-"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
-"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** "
-"page and click **Duplicate**."
+"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
+"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
+"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
+"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans ce but, vous pouvez créer autant d'essais libres que vous le souhaitez "
-"(disponible pendant 15 jours). Ces instances peuvent être des copies "
-"instantanées de votre environnement de travail. Pour ce faire, rendez-vous "
-"sur le compte Odoo.com sur la page **My Databases** et cliquez sur "
-"**Dupliquer**."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:397
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid ""
 "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
 "<db_management/documentation>`."
@@ -797,11 +722,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vous pourrez trouver plus d'informations sur la façon de gérer vos bases de "
 "données :ref:`ici <db_management/documentation>`."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:401
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr "Succès Client"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
 msgid ""
 "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
 "have all the resources needed to complete their project."
@@ -809,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo se passionne pour ravir nos clients, et de veiller à ce qu'ils "
 "disposent de toutes les ressources nécessaires pour réaliser leur projet."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
 msgid ""
 "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
 "manager and eventually the support team."
@@ -817,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pendant la phase de mise en œuvre, votre contact est le chef de projet, et "
 "éventuellement l'équipe d'assistance."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
 msgid ""
 "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
 "your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@@ -832,7 +757,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nouvelles versions, améliorer la façon dont vous travaillez avec Odoo, "
 "évaluer vos nouveaux besoins, etc."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
 msgid ""
 "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
 "a solution that grows with their needs!"
@@ -840,10 +765,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "Notre objectif interne est de garder les clients au moins pendant 10 ans, et"
 " de leur offrir une solution qui grandit avec leurs besoins!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:419
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr "Bienvenue à bord et profiter de votre expérience Odoo !"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:422
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po

@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:5
+msgid "Helpdesk"
+msgstr "Assistance"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:8
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:11
+msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:13
+msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
+msgstr "Installation d'Odoo Assistance"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:15
+msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:21
+msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
+msgstr "Mise en place des équipes d'Assistance"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:23
+msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
+msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, Odoo Assistance est accompagné d'une équipe appelée \"Support\""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
+" the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+"Pour modifier cette équipe, ou en ajouter d'autres. Sélectionnez "
+"\"Configuration\" dans la bar mauve puis \"Paramètres\"."
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team,"
+" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. "
+"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
+" or manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Ici, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles équipes, décider quels membres ajouter à"
+" une équipe, préciser comment vos clients soumettent des tickets et mettre "
+"en place les politiques d'accord de niveau de service. Les tickets sont "
+"assignés de manière aléatoire, équilibrée ou manuelle.  "
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:40
+msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
+msgstr "Comment mettre en place différentes étapes pour chaque équipe"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
+"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
+"the lower right-hand side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
+" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
+"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
+"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:55
+msgid "Start receiving tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:58
+msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
+"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
+"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
+"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
+"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
+"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
+"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
+"documentation `*here* "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:93
+msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
+" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
+"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
+"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
+"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
+"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:110
+msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
+" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
+"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
+"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:125
+msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
+"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:134
+msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
+"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:139
+msgid "Grey - Normal State"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:141
+msgid "Red - Blocked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:143
+msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
+"Ticket form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:152
+msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
+"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
+"timesheets will log against."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:161
+msgid ""
+"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
+" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
+"ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:171
+msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:173
+msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
+"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
+msgstr ""

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Micky Jault <micky037@hotmail.fr>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
-msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|"
+msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
@@ -697,10 +697,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "être utilisés en fonction de vos stratégies de fabrication et de livraison."
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10
 msgid "Terminology"
 msgstr "Terminologie"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13
 msgid "Minimum stock rule"
 msgstr "Règle de stock minimum"
 
@@ -721,6 +723,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58
 msgid "Make to Order"
 msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande"
 
@@ -762,6 +766,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
@@ -775,6 +780,7 @@ msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33
 msgid "Minimum stock rules"
 msgstr "Règles de stock minimum"
 
@@ -913,10 +919,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "**Approvisionnement à la commande**. "
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70
 msgid "Choice between the two options"
 msgstr "Choix entre les deux options"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
 "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
@@ -4557,8 +4565,8 @@ msgid "Main Concepts"
 msgstr "Concepts principaux"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
-msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management"
-msgstr "Gestion des Stocks en Double-Entrée"
+msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
 msgid ""
@@ -6414,43 +6422,43 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
 "valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
 "on the product category."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
 msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
 "Control --> Landed Costs`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
 "attribute landed costs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
 "you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
 "easier to keep track of your postings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
 "across the picking lines."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7031,6 +7039,71 @@ msgstr ":doc:`usage`"
 msgid ":doc:`uom`"
 msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
 
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3
+msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
+"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
+"delivery strategies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
+"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
+"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
+" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
+" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
+"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
+"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
+"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
+"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
+" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
+"values for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
+"multiple\" fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
+"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
+"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
+"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
+"other module where products are available)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64
+msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3
 msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
 msgstr "Comment utiliser différentes unités de mesure ?"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -22,335 +22,33 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manufacturing"
 msgstr "Fabrication"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
-msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
-msgstr "Opérations de Fabrication"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
-msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
+msgid "Manufacturing Management"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
-msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
-"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
-"delivery strategies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
-msgid "Terminology"
-msgstr "Terminologie"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
-msgid "Minimum stock rule"
-msgstr "Règle de stock minimum"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
-"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
-"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
-" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
-" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
-msgid "Make to Order"
-msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
-"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
-"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
-"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuration"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
-msgid "Minimum stock rules"
-msgstr "Règles de stock minimum"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
-"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
-" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
-"values for a given product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
-"multiple\" fields"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
-"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
-"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
-"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
-"other module where products are available)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
-msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
-msgid "Choice between the two options"
-msgstr "Choix entre les deux options"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
-"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
-"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
-"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
-msgstr ""
-"Le choix entre les deux options est donc dépendant de votre stratégie "
-"d'inventaire. Si vous préférez avoir un stock tampon et toujours avoir au "
-"moins un stock minimum, la règle de stock minimum doit être utilisée. Si "
-"vous souhaitez réapprovisionner vos stocks seulement si votre vente est "
-"confirmée, il est préférable d'utiliser l'Approvisionnement à la commande."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
-msgid "Bill of Materials"
-msgstr "Nomenclatures"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
-msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
-"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
-"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
-"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
-"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
-msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
-"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
-"step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
-"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
-"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
-"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
-"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
-msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
-"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
-"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
-"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
-" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
-"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
-"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
-"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
-"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
-"their default values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
-msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
-" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
-" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
-"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
-"will appear in your stock."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
-"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
-"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
-"stock management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
-"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
-" order rather than a packing operation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
-msgid ""
-"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
-"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
-msgid ""
-"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
-" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
-"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
-"variants."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
-msgid ""
-"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
-"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
-"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
-msgid ""
-"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
-"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
-"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
-"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
-"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
-"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
-"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
-" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
-"subassembly is created as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
-msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
-"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
-"subassembly as you would for any product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
-msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
-"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
-"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
-"effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
-"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
-"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Commencer"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
-msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
 "products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
 "manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
 "can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
 "describe multiple variants of the same product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
 msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
 "orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
@@ -359,7 +57,7 @@ msgid ""
 "documentation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
 "product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
@@ -372,7 +70,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
 "**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
@@ -380,11 +78,11 @@ msgid ""
 "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
 "and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
@@ -392,14 +90,14 @@ msgid ""
 "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
 "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
 "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
 "consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
@@ -409,23 +107,23 @@ msgid ""
 "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
 "primary product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
 "under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
@@ -433,27 +131,196 @@ msgid ""
 "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
+"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
+"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
+"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
+"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
+"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
+"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
+" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
+"subassembly is created as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
+"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
+"subassembly as you would for any product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
+msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
+"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
+"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
+"effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
+"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
+"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
+"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
+" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
+"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
+"variants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
+"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
+"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
+msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
+"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
+"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
+"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
+"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
+msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
+"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
+"step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
+"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
+"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
+"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
+"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
+"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
+"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
+"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
+" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
+"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
+"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
+"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
+"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
+"their default values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
+msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
+" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
+" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
+"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
+"will appear in your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
+"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
+"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
+"stock management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
+"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
+" order rather than a packing operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
 msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr "Introduction"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
 "manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
@@ -463,11 +330,11 @@ msgid ""
 "performed in an order defined by **routings**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
 "work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
@@ -475,26 +342,26 @@ msgid ""
 "work orders and routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
 "are two basic phases from planning to production:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52
 msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
 msgid "Record Production"
 msgstr "Enregistrer la production"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
 " production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
@@ -503,14 +370,14 @@ msgid ""
 "**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
 "scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
 "planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
 "configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
@@ -518,217 +385,30 @@ msgid ""
 " step of scheduling work orders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50
 msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54
 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56
 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "Concepts principaux"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "Transcription"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
-msgid "Work in progress."
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
-msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
+msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the "
-"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. "
-"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a "
-"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in "
-"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
-msgid "Cycle"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing "
-"process can be fulfilled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
-msgid "Downtime or Leave"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, "
-"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable "
-"time is called a Leave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
-msgid "Finished products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are "
-"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order "
-"of the company."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
-msgid "Kit"
-msgstr "Kit"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
-msgid ""
-"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but "
-"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
-msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
-msgid ""
-"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it "
-"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its "
-"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of "
-"intermediate products."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level "
-"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
-msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level "
-"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while "
-"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the "
-"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they "
-"were direct components of the parent BOM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of "
-"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate "
-"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
-msgid "Raw Materials"
-msgstr "Matières premières"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to "
-"produce semi-finished or finished goods."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It "
-"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
-msgid "Routing"
-msgstr "Gammes"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work "
-"Centers at which they will be carried out"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
-msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
-msgid ""
-"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in"
-" another manufacturing order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
-msgid "Work Order Operations"
-msgstr "Gammes"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully "
-"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to"
-" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also "
-"called work center)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
-msgid "Work Order"
-msgstr "Ordre de travail"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for "
-"execution on a given date and a given duration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
-msgid "Work Center"
-msgstr "Poste de Travail"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to"
-" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity "
-"is a combination of resources and their availability time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
-msgid "Resources"
-msgstr "Ressources"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100
-msgid ""
-"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine "
-"available in a work center."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
-msgid "Working Time"
-msgstr "Temps de travail"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
-msgid ""
-"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set"
-" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Lucas Deliege <lud@openerp.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Hubert TETARD <htetard@apik-conseils.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
 msgstr "Ce tutoriel décrit comment utiliser les réductions sur les produits."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
 msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barre"
 
@@ -1252,9 +1253,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179
 msgid ""
 "We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in "
-"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
+"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
 "More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
+"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
 " This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to "
 "`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1466,7 +1467,7 @@ msgid ""
 "implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` "
 "and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only "
 "used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored "
-"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` "
+"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``11.0`` "
 "branch."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1980,49 +1981,187 @@ msgid "Point of Sale Name"
 msgstr "Nom du point de vente"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale"
-msgstr "Une identification interne du point de vente"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Journal"
-msgstr "Journal de ventes"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
+msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale."
 msgstr ""
-"Journal de comptabilité utilisé pour enregistrer des écritures de vente."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoice Journal"
-msgstr "Journal de facturation"
+msgid "Sales Channel"
+msgstr "Equipe de vente"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr "Journal des comptes utilisé pour la création de factures."
+msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
+msgstr "Les ventes de ce point de vente seront liées à ce canal de vente."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Group Journal Items"
-msgstr "Regrouper les éléments du journal"
+msgid "Restaurant Floors"
+msgstr "Plans du restaurant"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Orderline Notes"
+msgstr "Notes de commandes"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Display Category Pictures"
+msgstr "Afficher les photos des catégories"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
+msgstr "Les catégories de produits seront affichées avec des photos. "
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Initial Category"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
-"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
-" Session"
+"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
+"category is specified, all available products will be shown."
 msgstr ""
-"Coché si vous voulez regrouper les éléments du journal par article lors de "
-"la fermeture d'une session."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcodes"
-msgstr "Codes-barres"
+msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
+msgstr "Clavier virtuel"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Large Scrollbars"
+msgstr "Barres de défilement larges"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "IP Address"
+msgstr "Adresse IP"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
+"left empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Scan via Proxy"
+msgstr "Scan via Proxy"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Electronic Scale"
+msgstr "Balance électronique"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Cashdrawer"
+msgstr "Tiroir-caisse"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Print via Proxy"
+msgstr "Imprimer via un proxy"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Customer Facing Display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to "
-"products, customers and cashiers"
+"products, customers and cashiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Fiscal Positions"
+msgstr "Positions fiscales"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply"
+" specific tax rates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Available Pricelists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a"
+" pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To "
+"be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. "
+"Otherwise the default pricelist will apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Default Pricelist"
+msgstr "Liste de prix par défaut"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale"
+" Pricelist configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product "
+"prices on orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Cash Control"
+msgstr "Contrôle de caisse"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
+msgstr "Contrôle de caisse à l'ouverture et à la fermeture."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
+msgstr "Pré-remplir le paiement en espèce"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
+"prefilled with the exact due amount."
 msgstr ""
-"Definis quel type de code-barres sont disponibles et comment ils sont "
-"attribués aux produits, clients, et caissiers"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
@@ -2037,152 +2176,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "changer pour personnaliser les références de vos commandes."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr "Equipe de vente"
+msgid "Receipt Header"
+msgstr "En-tête du ticket :"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
-msgstr "Clavier virtuel"
+msgid "Receipt Footer"
+msgstr "Pied du ticket :"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard"
-msgstr "Active le clavier virtuel intégré"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoicing"
-msgstr "Facturation"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale"
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt."
 msgstr ""
-"Active la possibilité de générer des factures depuis le point de vente"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
-msgstr "Pré-remplir le paiement en espèce"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
-"prefilled with the exact due amount"
-msgstr ""
-"Ce paiement agira comme un paiement banquaire, et sera pré-rempli avec le "
-"montant exact "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Start Category"
-msgstr "Catégorie de départ"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
-"category is specified, all available products will be shown"
-msgstr ""
-"Le point de vente fera apparaitre la catégorie de produits par défaut. Si la"
-" catégorie n'est pas spécifiée, tous les produits disponibles seront "
-"montrés. "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Tip Product"
-msgstr "Produit pour pourboire"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not "
-"accept tips."
-msgstr ""
-"Le produit utilisé pour encore le pourboire du client. Laissez vide si vous "
-"n'acceptez pas les pourboires."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Include Taxes in Prices"
-msgstr "Inclure les taxes dans les prix"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have "
-"been setup differently"
-msgstr ""
-"Les prix affichés contiendrons toujours toutes les taxes, même si les taxes "
-"ont été mises en place différemment"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Large Scrollbars"
-msgstr "Barres de défilement larges"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens"
-msgstr "Pour les écrans tactiles industriels non-précis"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Display Category Pictures"
-msgstr "Afficher les photos des catégories"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
-msgstr "Les catégories de produits seront affichées avec des photos. "
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "IP Address"
-msgstr "Adresse IP"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
-"left empty"
-msgstr ""
-"Nom d'hôte ou adresse IP du proxy matériel. Laissez vide pour utiliser "
-"l'autodétection."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcode Scanner"
-msgstr "Lecteur de code-barres"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner"
-msgstr ""
-"Permet de scanner un code-barre avec un scanner de code-barre connecté sans-"
-"fil."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Electronic Scale"
-msgstr "Balance électronique"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration"
-msgstr "Active l'interface avec une balance électronique"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cashdrawer"
-msgstr "Tiroir-caisse"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer"
-msgstr "Ouvre automatiquement le tiroir-caisse"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Printer"
-msgstr "Imprimante du reçu"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy"
-msgstr "Impression via le posbox"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
 msgstr "Impression automatique du reçu"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order"
-msgstr "Le reçu sera automatiquement imprimé à la fin de chaque commande. "
+msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Skip Receipt Screen"
-msgstr "Passer l'écran du reçu"
+msgid "Skip Preview Screen"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -2192,61 +2211,63 @@ msgstr ""
 "L'écran de reçu sera passé si le reçu peut être imprimé automatiquement. "
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Header"
-msgstr "Entête"
+msgid "Bill Printing"
+msgstr "Impression de la Facture"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt"
-msgstr "Un texte court qui sera inséré comme en-tête dans le ticket de reçu"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Footer"
-msgstr "Bas de page"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt"
+msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment."
 msgstr ""
-"Un texte court qui sera inséré comme pied de page dans le ticket de reçu"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cash Control"
-msgstr "Contrôle de caisse"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
-msgstr "Contrôle de caisse à l'ouverture et à la fermeture."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Bill Splitting"
 msgstr "Partage d'addition"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Autoriser le partage d'addition en Point de Vente"
+msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Printing"
-msgstr "Impression de la Facture"
+msgid "Tip Product"
+msgstr "Produit pour pourboire"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment"
-msgstr "Autoriser l'impression de la facture avant le paiement"
+msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Orderline Notes"
-msgstr "Notes de commandes"
+msgid "Invoicing"
+msgstr "Facturation"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines"
-msgstr "Autoriser les notes personnalisées sur les lignes de commande"
+msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restaurant Floors"
-msgstr "Plans du restaurant"
+msgid "Invoice Journal"
+msgstr "Journal de facturation"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale"
-msgstr "Les étages du restaurant servis par ce point de vente"
+msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
+msgstr "Journal des comptes utilisé pour la création de factures."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Sales Journal"
+msgstr "Journal de ventes"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
+msgstr ""
+"Journal de comptabilité utilisé pour enregistrer des écritures de vente."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Group Journal Items"
+msgstr "Regrouper les éléments du journal"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
+" Session."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
 msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale."

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Nancy Bolognesi <nb@microcom.ca>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fabrice Henrion <fhe@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -2221,8 +2221,10 @@ msgstr "Document d'origine"
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a"
-" sales order or an internal procurement request)"
+" sales order)"
 msgstr ""
+"Référence du document qui a généré cette demande de bon de commande (p. ex. "
+"un ordre de vente)"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Deliver To"
@@ -2679,7 +2681,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for "
 "Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/11.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -53,26 +53,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "account."
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
-msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
-msgstr "Kies *Kalender API*."
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
-msgid ""
-"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed "
-"to store your API credentials."
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
 msgstr ""
-"Maak een nieuw project aan en geef het een naam (bijvoorbeeld Odoo). Dit "
-"project is nodig om uw API logingegevens te bewaren."
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
 msgid "Enable the API."
 msgstr "Schakel de API in."
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
-msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
-msgstr "Maak inloggegevens aan om te gebruiken in Odoo."
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done "
+"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind "
 "of data."
@@ -80,58 +82,47 @@ msgstr ""
 "Selecteer *web browser (Javascript) als bron en *Gebruiker data* als type "
 "data."
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. "
-"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized"
-" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect "
-"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
+"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The "
+"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized "
+"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by "
 "'/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
-"Vervolgens creëer je een Client ID. Vul de naam in van de applicatie (bv. "
-"Odoo) en de toegestane pagina's van deze zullen doorgestuurd worden. De "
-"*Geautoriseerde JavaScript oorsprong* is jou Odoo's instantie URL. De "
-"*Goedgekeurde doorgestuurde URL* is jou Odoo's instatie URL gevolgd door "
-"'/google_account/authentication'."
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). "
-"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The"
-" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for "
-"the first time."
-msgstr ""
-"Ga naar de Toestemming stap door een product naam in te geven (bv. Odoo). "
-"Voel je vrij om de aanpassingen opties te controleren maar dit is niet "
-"verplicht. Het Toestemming scherm zal enkel getoond worden wanneer je de "
-"Client ID in Odoo ingeeft voor de eerste keer."
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
-" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo "
+"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not "
+"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID"
+" in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
-"Tenslotte krijg je jou **Client ID**. Ga naar *Credentials* om ook de "
-"**Client secret** te verkrijgen. Je zult deze beide nodig hebben in Odoo."
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get"
+" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
 msgid "Setup in Odoo"
 msgstr "Opzet in Odoo"
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
-msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
-msgstr "Installeer de **Google kalender** app."
-
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your "
-"credentials in Google Calendar option."
+"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the "
+"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
 msgstr ""
-"Ga naar :menuselection:'Instellingen --> Algemene instellingen' en voeg jou "
-"credentials toe in de Google Calendar optie."
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
 msgid ""
+"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client"
+" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
+msgid ""
 "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The "
 "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the "
 "connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it"
@@ -142,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "connectie te goed te keuren.  Eenmaal terug in Odoo, druk nogmaals op de "
 "sync knop. Je kan erop klikken telkens je jou kalender wilt synchroniseren."
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
 msgstr "Vanaf nu heeft u geen excuses meer om een meeting te missen!"
 
@@ -181,8 +172,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
-#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23
-#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10
+#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Instelling"
 
@@ -1000,19 +991,11 @@ msgid ""
 "On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule "
 "(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module "
 "tutorial "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or "
 "`Syntax reference guide "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
 "domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
 msgstr ""
-"Gebruik een specifieke domeinregel in het **Domein** veld onder uw "
-"verkoopteams menu (voor technische documentatie kan u de tutorial `Een "
-"module bouwen "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ of "
-"`Syntax referentie gids "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-"
-"domains>`__ volgen) welke enkel de leads toestaat die overeenkomen met het "
-"domein van het team."
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
 msgid ""
@@ -1296,6 +1279,159 @@ msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation`"
 msgid "Odoo VOIP"
 msgstr "Odoo VOIP"
 
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "OnSIP Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introductie"
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that"
+" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as "
+"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before "
+"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are "
+"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the "
+"configuration procedure below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk "
+"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on "
+"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and "
+"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23
+msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24
+msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the "
+"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31
+msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32
+msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33
+msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34
+msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"You can find all this information by logging in at "
+"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure "
+"and refer to the fields as pictured below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right "
+"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in"
+" Odoo and in OnSIP)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure "
+"to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to"
+" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by "
+"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the "
+"international prefix for the United States)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by "
+"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63
+msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your "
+"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo"
+" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear "
+"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper "
+"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.zoiper.android.app>`_. "
+"You will have to configure it as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69
+msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74
+msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will"
+" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Installation and Setup"
 msgstr "Installatie en opzet"
@@ -1900,22 +2036,14 @@ msgstr "**Kanban weergave:**"
 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a "
-"`list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html"
-"#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-"
-"views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped "
-"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or "
-"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
+"`list view "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#lists>`__ and "
+"a non-editable `form view "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#forms>`__ and "
+"displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use "
+"in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress "
+"management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
 msgstr ""
-"In Odoo is de Kanban weergave een werk flow visualisatie tool halfweg tussen"
-" een  `lijst weergave "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-"
-"views-list>`__ en een niet wijzigbare `formulier weergave "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-"
-"views-form>`__ en het weergeven van records als \"kaarten\". Records kunnen "
-"gegroepeerd worden op kolommen voor werk flow visualisatie of manipulatie "
-"(bijvoorbeeld taken of werkprocessen beheer), or ongegroepeerd (om simpelweg"
-" records te visualiseren)."
 
 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66
 msgid "**List view :**"

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po

@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "of"
 msgid ""
 "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
 "<https://www.odoo.com "
-"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
+"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
 "users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
 msgstr ""
 

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -435,8 +435,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
-msgstr "Waarom Odoo discussies gebruiken"
+msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
 msgid ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -24,12 +24,10 @@ msgstr "Odoo online implementatie"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
 msgid ""
-"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack "
-"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with"
-" our product."
+"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack "
+"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
+"product."
 msgstr ""
-"Dit document vat **Odoo's Online diensten** samen, ons **Implementatie "
-"succes pak** en de **beste methodes** om te starten met ons product."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -66,23 +64,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
 msgid ""
 "Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
-" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
+" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
 "can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal u een Odoo online abonnement aankoopt ontvangt u via e-mail "
-"instructies over hoe u uw database kan activeren of aanmaken. Vanuit deze "
-"e-mail kan u uw huidige database activeren of een nieuwe vanaf nul aanmaken."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
 msgid ""
 "If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
-"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support "
-"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
+"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
-"Indien u deze e-mail niet ontvangen heeft, bijvoorbeeld omdat de betaling "
-"door iemand anders in het bedrijf is gemaakt, contacteert u onze "
-"ondersteuning via het `online ondersteuningsformulier "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
 msgid ""
@@ -95,14 +86,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
-" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / "
-"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user "
-"interface as shown in the picture below."
+" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or "
+"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
+"user interface as shown in the picture below."
 msgstr ""
-"Om bekend te geraken met de gebruikersinterface neemt u best een paar "
-"minuten de tijd om items aan te maken: *producten, klanten, opportuniteiten "
-"of projecten / taken*. Volg de flikkerende bollen die uw tips geven over de "
-"interface zoals u ziet in onderstaande afbeelding."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
 msgid "|left_pic|"
@@ -170,7 +157,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
 msgid ""
-"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success "
+"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success "
 "Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
 "<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
 msgstr ""
@@ -185,8 +172,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
 msgid ""
-"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support "
-"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
+"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
@@ -214,30 +201,30 @@ msgstr "Uw interne implementatie beheerder"
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
-"work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure"
+"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure"
 " efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
 "person must:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
 msgid ""
-"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
+"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
 "risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
 "implementations having a full time project manager."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
 msgid ""
-"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
+"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
 "all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
-"details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much "
+"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much "
 "back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
 "it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
 msgid ""
-"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
+"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
 "support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
 "management."
 msgstr ""
@@ -271,11 +258,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
 "designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
-"system(s) works."
+"system(s) work."
 msgstr ""
-"**Doe het op de Odoo manier, niet uw manier**. Wees flexibel, gebruiker Odoo"
-" waarvoor het ontworpen is. Leer hoe het werkt en probeer niet te repliceren"
-" hoe uw oude systeem werkt."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
 msgid ""
@@ -283,9 +267,9 @@ msgid ""
 "customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
 "having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
 "Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
-"learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is "
-"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing "
-"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails."
+"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more"
+" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
+"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
@@ -305,8 +289,8 @@ msgstr "Investeer tijd in het leren werken met Odoo"
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
 msgid ""
 "Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
-" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and"
-" easier your training phases will be."
+" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
+"easier your training phases will be."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
@@ -441,14 +425,14 @@ msgstr "Ondersteuning"
 msgid ""
 "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
 "extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
-"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and "
-"everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
-"configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
+"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
+"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
+"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
 msgid ""
-"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form "
+"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -481,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
 msgid ""
 "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
-"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill "
+"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
 "our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
 "request."
 msgstr ""
@@ -493,18 +477,18 @@ msgstr "Succes pak diensten"
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
-"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours "
-"you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
+"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
+"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
 "your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
-"within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute "
-"to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope "
-"Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an "
-"increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
+"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to"
+" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope "
+"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
+" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
 msgid ""
-"The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: "
+"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
 "`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -512,11 +496,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
 "defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
-"your success pack."
+"your Success Pack."
 msgstr ""
-"Het doel van de projectleider is om u naar productie te helpen binnen de "
-"gedefinieerde tijdspanne en budget, zoals het initiële aantal uren opgegeven"
-" in het succes pakket."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
 msgid "His/her role includes:"
@@ -524,51 +505,38 @@ msgstr "Zijn/haar rol omvat:"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
 msgid ""
-"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
-" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo "
-"features."
+"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
+" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
 msgstr ""
-"**Projectbeheer:** controleer uw doelstellingen & verwachtingen, fases van "
-"de implementatie (routekaart), mappen van uw bedrijf zijn noden en de Odoo "
-"mogelijkheden."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
-msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
-msgstr "**Aangepaste ondersteuning:** via telefoon, e-mail of webinar."
+msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
 msgid ""
-"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen "
-"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will "
+"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
+"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
 "be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
 "consultant."
 msgstr ""
-"**Training, begeleiding en consultancy of locatie:** trainingen van op "
-"afstand via delen van het scherm of training op locatie. Voor onze "
-"trainingen op locatie wordt er een extra vergoeding gevraagd voor de "
-"verplaatsing en accommodatie van uw consultant."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
 msgid ""
-"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
-"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
+"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
+"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
 "structures, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
-"**Configuratie:** beslissingen over hoe specifieke noden in Odoo moeten "
-"geïmplementeerd worden en geavanceerde configuratie. (bijvoorbeeld "
-"logistieke routes, geavanceerde prijsstructuren, enz.)"
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
 msgid ""
-"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
+"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
 "prepared by the project manager."
 msgstr ""
-"**Data import**: wij kunnen dit doen of u ondersteunen met een sjabloon "
-"gemaakt voor de projectleider."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
 msgid ""
-"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra "
+"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
 "services:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -580,33 +548,26 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
 msgid ""
-"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to "
-"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to "
-"developers for advanced customizations."
+"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
+"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
+" for advanced customizations."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
 msgid ""
-"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
+"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
 "cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
 "building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
-"of your success pack."
+"of your Success Pack."
 msgstr ""
-"**Website ontwerp:** standaard thema's worden aangeboden om te starten "
-"zonder extra kosten. Onze projectleider kan u coaching over hoe u "
-"bouwblokken kan gebruiken met de website designer. Deze gespendeerde tijd "
-"gaat van uw succes pakket."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
 msgid ""
-"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, "
-"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced "
-"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
+"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
+"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
+" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
+"developers."
 msgstr ""
-"**Werkstroom automatiseringen:** bijvoorbeeld waardes in velden instellen "
-"gebaseerd op trigger, reminders verzenden via e-mail, automatische acties, "
-"enz. Voor elke geavanceerde automatisering heeft onze projectleider toegang "
-"tot Odoo ontwikkelaars."
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
 msgid ""
@@ -623,34 +584,33 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
 msgid ""
-"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a "
-"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to "
-"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours "
-"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be "
-"added to the subscription fee."
+"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
+" developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
+"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
+"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
+" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
+" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
+" subscription fee."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
 msgid ""
-"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
+"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
 "hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
-"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
+"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
 msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr "Implementatie methodologie"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
 msgid ""
-"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers"
-" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
+"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
+"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
 msgstr ""
-"We volgen een **praktijkgerichte methodologie** die gebruikt wordt om "
-"klanten op een korte periode in productie te brengen en dat aan een lage "
-"kostprijs."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
 msgid ""
 "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
 "progressively, by groups of apps."
@@ -658,57 +618,47 @@ msgstr ""
 "Na de kick-off meeting definiëren we een plan om Odoo progressief uit te "
 "rollen, per groep of app."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
 msgid ""
 "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
 "understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
-"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will "
-"fully use in production at the end of the phase."
+"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
+"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
 msgstr ""
-"Het doel van het **Kick-off gesprek** is, voor onze projectleider, om te "
-"begrijpen hoe uw bedrijf werkt om een implementatieproces voor te stellen "
-"(fasering). Elke fase is de implementatie van een set applicaties die u "
-"volledig in productie gebruikt aan het einde van de fase."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr "Voor elke fase zijn de stappen de volgende:"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
 msgid ""
-"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
+"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
 "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
 " business process and configure according to your specific needs."
 msgstr ""
-"**Opstart:** Odoo's projectleider controleert de Odoo bedrijfsflows met u, "
-"naar gelang uw zaak. Het doel is om u te trainen, de bedrijfsprocessen te "
-"valideren en configureren naar uw specifieke noden."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
 msgid ""
-"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
-"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project "
-"manager will import them in Odoo."
+"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
+"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
+"project manager will import them in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
-"**Data:** is manueel aangemaakt of geïmporteerd vanuit uw huidige systeem. U"
-" bent verantwoordelijk om de data van uw huidige systeem te exporteren en de"
-" Odoo projectleider zal deze data importeren in Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
 msgid ""
-"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
+"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
 " system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
 "back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
 "process your feedback."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 "**Productie**: Eenmaal iedereen getraind is starten uw gebruikers met het "
 "gebruiken van Odoo."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:364
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
 msgid ""
 "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
 "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
@@ -718,22 +668,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "proces, **automatiseren** we sommige taken en doen we de overgebleven "
 "aanpassingen (**extra schermen en rapporten**)."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
 msgid ""
-"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our "
+"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
 "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
 "needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
 msgstr ""
-"Eenmaal alle applicaties uitgerold zijn en gebruikers comfortabel zijn met "
-"Odoo zal onze projectleider niet meer werken aan uw project (tenzij uw "
-"nieuwe noden heeft) en gebruikt u de ondersteuningsdienst als u verder "
-"vragen heeft."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
 msgid "Managing your databases"
 msgstr "Uw databases beheren"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
 msgid ""
 "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
 " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
@@ -741,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Om toegang te krijgen tot uw database gaat u naar Odoo.com, meld u aan en "
 "klikt u op **Mijn databases** in de dropdown in de rechterbovenhoek."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
 msgid ""
 "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
 "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
@@ -751,19 +697,15 @@ msgstr ""
 " voor u upgrade naar een nieuwe versie. Vervuil uw werkomgeving niet met "
 "test data!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
 msgid ""
-"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available "
-"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working "
-"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** "
-"page and click **Duplicate**."
+"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
+"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
+"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
+"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
 msgstr ""
-"In dat opzicht kan u zoveel trials aanmaken als u wilt (beschikbaar voor 15 "
-"dagen). Deze instanties kunnen direct gekopieerd worden naar werkende "
-"omgevingen. Om dit te doen gaat u naar het Odoo.com account op de **Mijn "
-"Organisaties** pagina en klikt u op **Dupliceren**."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:397
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid ""
 "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
 "<db_management/documentation>`."
@@ -771,11 +713,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "U kan :ref:`here <db_management/documentation>` meer informatie vinden over "
 "hoe uw database te beheren."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:401
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr "Klanten succes"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
 msgid ""
 "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
 "have all the resources needed to complete their project."
@@ -783,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Odoo is gepassioneerd in het blij maken van onze klanten en ons er van "
 "verzekeren dat ze alle bronnen nodig hebben om hun project te voltooien."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
 msgid ""
 "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
 "manager and eventually the support team."
@@ -791,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Tijdens de implementatie fase is uw contactpersoon de projectleider en "
 "eventueel het ondersteuningsteam."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
 msgid ""
 "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
 "your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@@ -805,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "klanten. Hij contacteert u om nieuwe versies te tonen, de manier waarop u "
 "werkt te verbeteren, uw nieuwe noden te beoordelen, enz."
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
 msgid ""
 "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
 "a solution that grows with their needs!"
@@ -813,10 +755,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "Ons interne doel is om een klant minstens 10 jaar te behouden en om hen een "
 "aanbieding aan te bieden die meegroeit met hun noden!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:419
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr "Welkom aan boord en geniet van uw Odoo ervaring!"
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:422
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:5
+msgid "Helpdesk"
+msgstr "Helpdesk"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:8
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Overzicht"
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:11
+msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:13
+msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:15
+msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:21
+msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:23
+msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
+" the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team,"
+" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. "
+"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
+" or manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:40
+msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
+"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
+"the lower right-hand side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
+" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
+"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
+"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:55
+msgid "Start receiving tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:58
+msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
+"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
+"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
+"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
+"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
+"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
+"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
+"documentation `*here* "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:93
+msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
+" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
+"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
+"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
+"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
+"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:110
+msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
+" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
+"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
+"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:125
+msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
+"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:134
+msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
+"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:139
+msgid "Grey - Normal State"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:141
+msgid "Red - Blocked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:143
+msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
+"Ticket form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:152
+msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
+"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
+"timesheets will log against."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:161
+msgid ""
+"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
+" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
+"ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:171
+msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:173
+msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
+"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
+msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
-msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|"
+msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
@@ -695,10 +695,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10
 msgid "Terminology"
 msgstr "Terminologie"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13
 msgid "Minimum stock rule"
 msgstr "Minimale stockregel"
 
@@ -713,6 +715,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58
 msgid "Make to Order"
 msgstr "Maak op order"
 
@@ -749,6 +753,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
@@ -762,6 +767,7 @@ msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Instelling"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33
 msgid "Minimum stock rules"
 msgstr "Minimale stockregels"
 
@@ -885,10 +891,12 @@ msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70
 msgid "Choice between the two options"
 msgstr "Kies tussen de twee opties"
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
 "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
@@ -3986,7 +3994,7 @@ msgid "Main Concepts"
 msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten"
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
-msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management"
+msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
@@ -5656,43 +5664,43 @@ msgid ""
 ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time "
 "valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured "
 "on the product category."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
 msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
 msgid ""
 "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory "
 "Control --> Landed Costs`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
 msgid ""
 "Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to "
 "attribute landed costs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend "
 "you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be "
 "easier to keep track of your postings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split "
 "across the picking lines."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
 msgid ""
 "To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
 msgstr ""
@@ -6256,6 +6264,95 @@ msgstr ":doc:`usage`"
 msgid ":doc:`uom`"
 msgstr ":doc:`uom`"
 
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3
+msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
+msgstr "Hoe de correcte bevoorrading strategie te kiezen"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
+"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
+"delivery strategies."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar "
+"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw "
+"productie- en levering- strategieën."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
+"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
+"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
+" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
+" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het "
+"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen "
+"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het "
+"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem "
+"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het"
+" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
+"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
+"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
+"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
+msgstr ""
+"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk "
+"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **"
+" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een draft aankooporder wordt "
+"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
+"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
+" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
+"values for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+"De Minimum voorraad regels configuratie is beschikbaar door de Voorraad "
+"module. In het Voorraadbeheer menu selecteer \"Aanvulopdracht regels\" in "
+"het drop down menu. Daar, druk op \"Aanmaken\" om minimum en maximum stock "
+"waarden in te geven voor een bepaald product."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
+"multiple\" fields"
+msgstr ""
+"Toon tooltips voor de velden *minimale hoeveelheid*, *maximale hoeveelheid* "
+"en *meerdere hoeveelheden*"
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
+"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het "
+"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
+"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
+msgstr ""
+"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product "
+"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock "
+"berekening."
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
+"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
+"other module where products are available)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64
+msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
+msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"."
+
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3
 msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
 msgstr "Hoe verschillende maateenheden te gebruiken?"

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux <mat@odoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -22,357 +22,33 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manufacturing"
 msgstr "Productie"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
-msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
-msgstr "Productie verwerkingen"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
-msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
-msgstr "Bevoorrading Strategieën"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
-msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
-msgstr "Hoe de correcte bevoorrading strategie te kiezen"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but "
-"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and "
-"delivery strategies."
-msgstr ""
-"Minimale voorraadregels en Maak op Order hebben soortgelijke gevolgen maar "
-"verschillende regels. Ze moeten worden gebruikt, afhankelijk van uw "
-"productie- en levering- strategieën."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
-msgid "Terminology"
-msgstr "Terminologie"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
-msgid "Minimum stock rule"
-msgstr "Minimale stockregel"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
-msgid ""
-"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum "
-"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or "
-"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its"
-" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the"
-" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
-msgstr ""
-"Minimum voorraadregels worden gebruikt om ervoor te zorgen dat u altijd het "
-"minimale aantal producten op voorraad heeft om uw producten te kunnen "
-"vervaardigen en / of te beantwoorden aan uw klantenbehoeften. Wanneer het "
-"voorraadniveau van een product het minimum bereikt, zal het systeem "
-"automatisch een inkooporder genereren met de hoeveelheid die nodig is om het"
-" maximale voorraadniveau te bereiken."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
-msgid "Make to Order"
-msgstr "Maak op order"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of "
-"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the "
-"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated "
-"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
-msgstr ""
-"Met de functie Maak op Order wordt een aankooporder geactiveerd dat gelijk "
-"is aan het aantal bestelde producten. Het systeem zal de huidige voorraad **"
-" niet ** controleren. Dit betekent dat een draft aankooporder wordt "
-"gegenereerd, ongeacht de beschikbare hoeveelheid."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Instelling"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
-msgid "Minimum stock rules"
-msgstr "Minimale stockregels"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
-msgid ""
-"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory "
-"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop"
-" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock "
-"values for a given product."
-msgstr ""
-"De Minimum voorraad regels configuratie is beschikbaar door de Voorraad "
-"module. In het Voorraadbeheer menu selecteer \"Aanvulopdracht regels\" in "
-"het drop down menu. Daar, druk op \"Aanmaken\" om minimum en maximum stock "
-"waarden in te geven voor een bepaald product."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity "
-"multiple\" fields"
-msgstr ""
-"Toon tooltips voor de velden *minimale hoeveelheid*, *maximale hoeveelheid* "
-"en *meerdere hoeveelheden*"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the "
-"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik vervolgens op uw product om het gerelateerde productformulier en het "
-"\"Voorraad submenu\" te zien, vergeet geen leverancier aan te duiden."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be "
-"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
-msgstr ""
-"Vergeet niet het juiste soort product te selecteren. Een verbruik product "
-"kan niet gestockeerd worden en wordt dus niet gebruikt in de stock "
-"berekening."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
-msgid ""
-"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through "
-"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any "
-"other module where products are available)."
+#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
+msgid "Manufacturing Management"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
-msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
-msgstr "Klik in het product scherm onder Inventaris op \"Maak op Order\"."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
-msgid "Choice between the two options"
-msgstr "Kies tussen de twee opties"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory "
-"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum "
-"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your "
-"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "Overzicht"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
-msgid "Bill of Materials"
-msgstr "Stuklijst"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
-msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
-msgstr "Hoe een set van producten verkopen als een Kit"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
-msgid ""
-"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
-"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
-"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
-"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
-"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
-msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
-msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Componenten"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
-"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
-"step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
-"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
-"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
-"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
-"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
-msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
-"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
-"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
-"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
-" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
-"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
-msgid ""
-"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
-"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
-"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
-"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
-"their default values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
-msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
-msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Kits en Componenten"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
-" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
-" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
-"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
-"will appear in your stock."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
-"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
-"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
-"stock management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
-"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
-" order rather than a packing operation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
-msgstr "Hoe materiaallijsten (BoMs) beheren voor productvarianten?"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
-msgid ""
-"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
-"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
-"Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-"Odoo stelt u in staat om één materiaallijst te gebruiken voor meerdere "
-"varianten van hetzelfde product. Schakel varianten in via: menuselectie "
-"binnen Productie: Instellingen-> \"Instellingen\"."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
-msgid ""
-"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
-" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
-"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
-"variants."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
-msgid ""
-"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
-"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
-"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
-msgstr "Hoe half afgewerkte producten beheren"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
-msgid ""
-"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
-"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
-"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
-"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
-"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
-msgid ""
-"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
-"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
-"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
-" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
-"subassembly is created as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
-msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
-msgstr "Configureer de materiaallijst (BoM) op Top-niveau "
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
-msgid ""
-"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
-"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
-"subassembly as you would for any product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
-msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
-msgstr "Configureer de productgegevens van de subassemblage"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
-msgid ""
-"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
-"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
-"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
-"effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
-"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
-"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Aan de slag"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
-msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
-msgstr "Hoe uw onderdelen verwerken om een afgewerkt product te maken"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
 msgstr "Hoe een materiaallijst (BoM) maken"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
 msgid ""
 "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
 "products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
 "manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
 "can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
 "describe multiple variants of the same product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
 msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
 msgstr "Maken van een eenvoudige materiaallijst (BoM)"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
 "orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
@@ -381,7 +57,7 @@ msgid ""
 "documentation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
 msgid ""
 "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
 "product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
@@ -394,7 +70,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
 "**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
@@ -402,11 +78,11 @@ msgid ""
 "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
 msgstr "Routes toevoegen aan een materiaallijst (BoM)"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
 msgid ""
 "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
 "and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
@@ -414,14 +90,14 @@ msgid ""
 "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
 msgid ""
 "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
 "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
 "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
 msgid ""
 "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
 "consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
@@ -431,23 +107,23 @@ msgid ""
 "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid ""
 "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
 "primary product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
 msgid ""
 "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
 ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
 "under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
@@ -455,27 +131,199 @@ msgid ""
 "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
+"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
+"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
+"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
+"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
+"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
+"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
+" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
+"subassembly is created as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
+"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
+"subassembly as you would for any product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
+msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
+msgstr "Configureer de productgegevens van de subassemblage"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
+"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
+"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
+"effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
+"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
+"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
+"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
+"Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo stelt u in staat om één materiaallijst te gebruiken voor meerdere "
+"varianten van hetzelfde product. Schakel varianten in via: menuselectie "
+"binnen Productie: Instellingen-> \"Instellingen\"."
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
+" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
+"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
+"variants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
+"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
+"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
+msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
+msgstr "Hoe een set van producten verkopen als een Kit"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
+"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
+"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
+"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
+"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
+msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
+msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Componenten"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
+"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
+"step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
+"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
+"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
+"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
+"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Instelling"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
+"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
+"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
+"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
+" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
+"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
+"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
+"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
+"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
+"their default values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
+msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
+msgstr "Beheer de Voorraad van Kits en Componenten"
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
+" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
+" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
+"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
+"will appear in your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
+"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
+"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
+"stock management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
+"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
+" order rather than a packing operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
 msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
 msgstr "Hoe een productieorder verwerken"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr "Introductie"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
 "manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
@@ -485,11 +333,11 @@ msgid ""
 "performed in an order defined by **routings**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
 msgstr "Hoe de productie beheren zonder routes"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
 msgid ""
 "You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
 "work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
@@ -497,7 +345,7 @@ msgid ""
 "work orders and routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
 "are two basic phases from planning to production:"
@@ -505,20 +353,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "Het beheer van uw productie handelingen is op deze wijze standaardgedrag in "
 "Odoo. Er zijn twee basisfasen van planning tot productie:"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52
 msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
 msgstr "Maak productieorders"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
 msgid "Record Production"
 msgstr "Productie vastleggen"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
 msgstr "Hoe uw productie beheren met routes en werkorders"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
 " production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
@@ -527,14 +375,14 @@ msgid ""
 "**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41
 msgid ""
 "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
 "scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
 "planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
 "configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
@@ -542,219 +390,30 @@ msgid ""
 " step of scheduling work orders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50
 msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
 msgstr "De workflow is dus verdeeld in drie basisfasen, als volgt:"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54
 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
 msgstr "Plan de bijbehorende werkorders"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56
 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
 msgstr "Voer de geplande werkzaamheden uit en registreer de productie"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
-msgstr "Belangrijkste concepten"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
+msgstr "Hoe materiaallijsten (BoMs) beheren voor productvarianten?"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
-msgstr "Introductie Odoo Productie"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
+msgstr "Hoe half afgewerkte producten beheren"
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
-msgstr "Transcriptie"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
+msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
+msgstr "Configureer de materiaallijst (BoM) op Top-niveau "
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
-msgid "Work in progress."
-msgstr "Werk in uitvoering."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
-msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
-msgstr "Productie Terminologieën"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
-msgid ""
-"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the "
-"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. "
-"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a "
-"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in "
-"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
-msgid "Cycle"
-msgstr "Cyclus"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing "
-"process can be fulfilled."
-msgstr ""
-"Een productiecyclus is een tijdsbestek waarin een volledig productieproces "
-"kan worden afgewerkt."
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
-msgid "Downtime or Leave"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
-msgid ""
-"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, "
-"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable "
-"time is called a Leave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
-msgid "Finished products"
-msgstr "Afgewerkte producten"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are "
-"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order "
-"of the company."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
-msgid "Kit"
-msgstr "Kit"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
-msgid ""
-"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but "
-"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
-msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
-msgid ""
-"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it "
-"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its "
-"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of "
-"intermediate products."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level "
-"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
-msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level "
-"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while "
-"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the "
-"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they "
-"were direct components of the parent BOM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
-msgid ""
-"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of "
-"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate "
-"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
-msgid "Raw Materials"
-msgstr "Grondstoffen"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
-msgid ""
-"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to "
-"produce semi-finished or finished goods."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It "
-"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
-msgid "Routing"
-msgstr "Routing"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
-msgid ""
-"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work "
-"Centers at which they will be carried out"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
-msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
-msgid ""
-"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in"
-" another manufacturing order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
-msgid "Work Order Operations"
-msgstr "Werkorder operaties"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82
-msgid ""
-"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully "
-"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to"
-" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also "
-"called work center)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
-msgid "Work Order"
-msgstr "Werkorder"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
-msgid ""
-"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for "
-"execution on a given date and a given duration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
-msgid "Work Center"
-msgstr "Werkplek"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
-msgid ""
-"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to"
-" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity "
-"is a combination of resources and their availability time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
-msgid "Resources"
-msgstr "Resources"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100
-msgid ""
-"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine "
-"available in a work center."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
-msgid "Working Time"
-msgstr "Werktijd"
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
-msgid ""
-"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set"
-" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Overzicht"

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
-"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017\n"
+"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products."
 msgstr "Deze tutorial legt uit hoe u kortinglabels gebruikt op producten."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
 msgstr "Barcode nomenclatuur"
 
@@ -1446,19 +1447,12 @@ msgstr "Afbeelding bouwen proces"
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179
 msgid ""
 "We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in "
-"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
+"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
 "More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
+"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
 " This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to "
 "`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download."
 msgstr ""
-"We genereren de officiële POSBox afbeeldingen met het script van "
-"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. "
-"Meer specifieke voeren we het script  `posbox_create_image.sh "
-"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_."
-" uit. Dit bouwt een afbeelding genaamd ``posbox.img``, die wij zippen en "
-"uploaden naar `nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ waar gebruikers"
-" ze kunnen downloaden."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:187
 msgid ""
@@ -1716,17 +1710,9 @@ msgid ""
 "implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` "
 "and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only "
 "used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored "
-"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` "
+"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``11.0`` "
 "branch."
 msgstr ""
-"De POSBox draait een hevig gewijzigde Raspbian Linux installatie, een Debian"
-" afgeleide van de Raspberry Pi. Het draait ook een basis installatie van "
-"Odoo die de webserver en de drivers aanbied. De hardware drivers zijn "
-"geïmplementeerd door Odoo modules. Deze drivers zijn allemaal prefixed met "
-"``hw_*``  en zijn de enige modules die op de POSBox draaien. Odoo wordt "
-"enkel gebruikt voor het framewerk dat het aanbied. Er wordt geen zakelijke "
-"data verwerkt of opgeslagen op de POSBox. De Odoo instantie is een kale git "
-"clone van de ``8.0`` branch."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:335
 msgid ""
@@ -2333,48 +2319,201 @@ msgid "Point of Sale Name"
 msgstr "Kassa naam"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale"
-msgstr "Een interne identificatie van kassa"
+msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale."
+msgstr "Een interne identificatie van de kassa."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Journal"
-msgstr "Verkoopboek"
+msgid "Sales Channel"
+msgstr "Verkoopkanaal"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
-msgstr "Financieel dagboek gebruikt voor het maken van de verkoopboekingen."
+msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze kassa zijn verkopen zullen gerelateerd zijn aan dit verkoopkanaal."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoice Journal"
-msgstr "Factuur dagboek"
+msgid "Restaurant Floors"
+msgstr "Restaurantverdiepingen"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
-msgstr "Dagboek gebruikt voor het maken van facturen."
+msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale."
+msgstr "De restaurant verdiepingen bediend met deze kassa"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Group Journal Items"
-msgstr "Groepeer boekingen"
+msgid "Orderline Notes"
+msgstr "Orderregel notities"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines."
+msgstr "Sta aangepaste notities op orderregels toe."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Display Category Pictures"
+msgstr "Toon categorie afbeeldingen"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
+msgstr "De productcategorieën worden getoond met afbeeldingen."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Initial Category"
+msgstr "Initiële categorie"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
-"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
-" Session"
+"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
+"category is specified, all available products will be shown."
 msgstr ""
-"Vink deze optie aan indien u alle boekingen wilt groeperen per product, bij "
-"het sluiten van een sessie."
+"De kassa toont de productcategorieën standaard. Als er geen categorie is "
+"gespecificeerd worden alle producten getoond"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcodes"
-msgstr "Barcodes"
+msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
+msgstr "Virtueel Toetsenbord"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Don’t turn this option on if you take orders on smartphones or tablets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Such devices already benefit from a native keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Large Scrollbars"
+msgstr "Grote scrollbalken"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens."
+msgstr "Voor onnauwkeurige industriële touchscreens."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "IP Address"
+msgstr "IP-adres"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
+"left empty."
+msgstr ""
+"De hostnaam of het IP adres van de hardware proxy worden automatisch "
+"gedetecteerd als het veld leeg wordt gelaten."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Scan via Proxy"
+msgstr "Scannen via Proxy"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Schakel barcodes scannen met een extern verbonden barcode scanner toe."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Electronic Scale"
+msgstr "Electronisch weegschaal"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration."
+msgstr "Activeer de integratie met een elektronische weegschaal."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Cashdrawer"
+msgstr "Kassalade"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer."
+msgstr "Automatisch kassalade openen"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Print via Proxy"
+msgstr "Afdrukken via proxy"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy."
+msgstr "Niet via de browser afdrukken, maar via de hardware proxy."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Customer Facing Display"
+msgstr "Klant display"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Show checkout to customers with a remotely-connected screen."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to "
-"products, customers and cashiers"
+"products, customers and cashiers."
 msgstr ""
 "Definieert welke barcodes beschikbaar zijn en hoe ze worden toegewezen aan "
-"producten, klanten en kassières"
+"producten, klanten en kassières."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Fiscal Positions"
+msgstr "Fiscale posities"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"This is useful for restaurants with onsite and take-away services that imply"
+" specific tax rates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Available Pricelists"
+msgstr "Beschikbare prijslijsten"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Make several pricelists available in the Point of Sale. You can also apply a"
+" pricelist to specific customers from their contact form (in Sales tab). To "
+"be valid, this pricelist must be listed here as an available pricelist. "
+"Otherwise the default pricelist will apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Default Pricelist"
+msgstr "Standaard prijslijst"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The pricelist used if no customer is selected or if the customer has no Sale"
+" Pricelist configured."
+msgstr ""
+"De prijslijst welke wordt gebruikt indien geen klant is geselecteerd of als "
+"er geen prijslijst bij de klant is ingesteld."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Restrict Price Modifications to Managers"
+msgstr "Beperk het aanpassen van prijzen tot managers"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Only users with Manager access rights for PoS app can modify the product "
+"prices on orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Allen gebruikers met manager rechten van de kassa kunnen de productprijzen "
+"op order aanpassen."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Cash Control"
+msgstr "Kas controle"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
+msgstr "Controleer het bedrag van de kas bij het openen en sluiten."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
+msgstr "Vooraf contante betaling invullen"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
+"prefilled with the exact due amount."
+msgstr ""
+"De betalingsinput gedraagt zich gelijkwaardig aan bankafschrift input en "
+"wordt automatisch ingevuld met het exacte verschuldigde bedrag."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Order IDs Sequence"
@@ -2389,150 +2528,34 @@ msgstr ""
 " uw eigen nummering samenstellen."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Sales Channel"
-msgstr "Verkoopkanaal"
+msgid "Receipt Header"
+msgstr "Koptekst Kassabon"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel."
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt."
 msgstr ""
-"Deze kassa zijn verkopen zullen gerelateerd zijn aan dit verkoopkanaal."
+"Een korte tekst die ingevoegd wordt als hoofding op het afgedrukte ticket."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Virtual KeyBoard"
-msgstr "Virtueel Toetsenbord"
+msgid "Receipt Footer"
+msgstr "Voettekst Kassabon"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard"
-msgstr "Activeer het geïntegreerde virtuele toetsenbord"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Invoicing"
-msgstr "Boekhouding"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Activeer het aanmaken van facturen door de kassa"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Prefill Cash Payment"
-msgstr "Vooraf contante betaling invullen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be "
-"prefilled with the exact due amount"
+msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt."
 msgstr ""
-"De betalingsingave gedraagt zich gelijkwaardig aan de bankafschrift ingave "
-"en wordt automatisch ingevuld met het exacte verschuldigde bedrag"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Start Category"
-msgstr "Startcategorie"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no "
-"category is specified, all available products will be shown"
-msgstr ""
-"De kassa toont de productcategorieën standaard. Als er geen categorie is "
-"gespecificeerd worden alle producten getoond"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Tip Product"
-msgstr "Fooi product"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not "
-"accept tips."
-msgstr ""
-"Het product te encoderen voor de klantenfooi. Laat dit leeg als u geen "
-"fooien accepteert."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Include Taxes in Prices"
-msgstr "Prijzen inclusief BTW"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have "
-"been setup differently"
-msgstr ""
-"De weergegeven prijzen zijn altijd inclusief BTW, zelfs als de BTW anders "
-"zijn opgezet"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Large Scrollbars"
-msgstr "Grote scrollbalken"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens"
-msgstr "Voor onnauwkeurige industriële touchscreens"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Display Category Pictures"
-msgstr "Toon categorie afbeeldingen"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures."
-msgstr "De productcategorieën worden getoond met afbeeldingen."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "IP Address"
-msgstr "IP-adres"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid ""
-"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if "
-"left empty"
-msgstr ""
-"De hostnaam of het IP adres van de hardware proxy worden automatisch "
-"gedetecteerd als het veld leeg wordt gelaten."
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Barcode Scanner"
-msgstr "Barcode Scanner"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner"
-msgstr ""
-"Activeer barcode scannen m.b.v. een op afstand verbonden barcode scanner"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Electronic Scale"
-msgstr "Electronisch weegschaal"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration"
-msgstr "Activeer de integratie met een electrische weegschaal"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cashdrawer"
-msgstr "Kassalade"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer"
-msgstr "Open de kassalade automatisch"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Receipt Printer"
-msgstr "Kassabonprinter"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy"
-msgstr "Niet via de browser afdrukken, maar via de hardware proxy"
+"Een korte tekst die als voettekst in de afgedrukte bon zal worden ingevoegd"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing"
 msgstr "Automatisch kassabon afdrukken"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order"
+msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order."
 msgstr "De kassabon wordt automatisch afgedrukt aan het einde van elke order"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Skip Receipt Screen"
-msgstr "Sla kassabon scherm over"
+msgid "Skip Preview Screen"
+msgstr "Sla vorig scherm over"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid ""
@@ -2543,62 +2566,64 @@ msgstr ""
 " kan worden."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Header"
-msgstr "Kop"
+msgid "Bill Printing"
+msgstr "Rekening afdrukken"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt"
-msgstr ""
-"Een korte tekst die als koptekst in de afgedrukte bon zal worden ingevoegd"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Footer"
-msgstr "Voettekst"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt"
-msgstr ""
-"Een korte tekst die als voettekst in de afgedrukte bon zal worden ingevoegd"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Cash Control"
-msgstr "Kas controle"
-
-#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing."
-msgstr "Controleer het bedrag van de kas bij het openen en sluiten."
+msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment."
+msgstr "Sta afdrukken van de factuur toe, voordat er betaald wordt."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
 msgid "Bill Splitting"
 msgstr "Rekening splitsen"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale"
-msgstr "Sta splitsen van rekeningen toe in het verkooppunt"
+msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale."
+msgstr "Sta splitsen van rekeningen toe in de kassa."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Bill Printing"
-msgstr "Rekening afdrukken"
+msgid "Tip Product"
+msgstr "Fooi product"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment"
-msgstr "Zorgt ervoor dat u de factuur kan afdrukken voor betaling"
+msgid "This product is used as reference on customer receipts."
+msgstr "Dit product wordt gebruikt als referentie op klantticketten."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Orderline Notes"
-msgstr "Orderregel notities"
+msgid "Invoicing"
+msgstr "Boekhouding"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines"
-msgstr "Sta aangepaste notities toe op orderregels"
+msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale."
+msgstr "Activeer het aanmaken van facturen door de kassa"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "Restaurant Floors"
-msgstr "Restaurantverdiepingen"
+msgid "Invoice Journal"
+msgstr "Factuur dagboek"
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
-msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale"
-msgstr "De restaurant verdiepingen bediend met deze kassa"
+msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices."
+msgstr "Dagboek gebruikt voor het maken van facturen."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Sales Journal"
+msgstr "Verkoopboek"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries."
+msgstr "Financieel dagboek gebruikt voor het maken van de verkoopboekingen."
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid "Group Journal Items"
+msgstr "Groepeer boekingen"
+
+#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a"
+" Session."
+msgstr ""
+"Vink deze optie aan indien u alle boekingen wilt groeperen per product, bij "
+"het sluiten van een sessie."
 
 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100
 msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale."

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: Eric Geens <ericgeens@yahoo.com>, 2017\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -1973,8 +1973,10 @@ msgstr "Brondocument"
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid ""
 "Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a"
-" sales order or an internal procurement request)"
+" sales order)"
 msgstr ""
+"Referentie van het document dat deze inkoopaanvraag heeft gegenereerd (bijv."
+" een verkooporder)"
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0
 msgid "Deliver To"
@@ -2359,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for "
 "Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
+"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/11.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17

locale/sources/crm.pot

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-21 09:44+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -41,54 +41,58 @@ msgid "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14
-msgid "Choose *Calendar API*."
+msgid "Go to the API & Services page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19
-msgid "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed to store your API credentials."
+msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27
 msgid "Enable the API."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30
-msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo."
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32
+msgid "Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35
+msgid "Create credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40
 msgid "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind of data."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41
-msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50
-msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46
+msgid "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by '/google_account/authentication'."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55
-msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo."
+msgid "Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for the first time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60
+msgid "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67
 msgid "Setup in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64
-msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69
-msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your credentials in Google Calendar option."
+msgid "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81
 msgid "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it whenever you want to synchronize your calendar."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83
+#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89
 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -112,6 +116,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:13
 #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10
 #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23
 #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12
@@ -458,7 +463,7 @@ msgid "From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** but
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50
-msgid "On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule (for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module tutorial <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or `Syntax reference guide <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
+msgid "On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule (for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module tutorial <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or `Syntax reference guide <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56
@@ -602,6 +607,122 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Odoo VOIP"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:3
+msgid "OnSIP Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:6
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:8
+msgid "Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:10
+msgid "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:15
+msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:20
+msgid "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk (VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:22
+msgid "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and you will see it in the top right corner of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:23
+msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:24
+msgid "**Mode** should be Production"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:29
+msgid "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:31
+msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:32
+msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:33
+msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:34
+msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:36
+msgid "You can find all this information by logging in at https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure and refer to the fields as pictured below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:41
+msgid "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in Odoo and in OnSIP)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:45
+msgid "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to refresh your Odoo window and try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:52
+msgid "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the international prefix for the United States)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:57
+msgid "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:63
+msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:65
+msgid "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:67
+msgid "On Android, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Zoiper <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.zoiper.android.app>`_. You will have to configure it as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:69
+msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:70
+msgid "**Host**: the OnSIP 'Domain'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:71
+msgid "**Username**: the OnSIP 'Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:72
+msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:73
+msgid "**Authentication user**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:74
+msgid "**Outbound proxy**: sip.onsip.com"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../crm/leads/voip/onsip.rst:78
+msgid "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3
 msgid "Installation and Setup"
 msgstr ""
@@ -935,7 +1056,7 @@ msgid "**Kanban view :**"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid "In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a `list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
+msgid "In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a `list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#lists>`__ and a non-editable `form view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/reference/views.html#forms>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66

locale/sources/db_management.pot

@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgid "or"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
-msgid "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation <https://www.odoo.com /documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
+msgid "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation <https://www.odoo.com /documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109

locale/sources/discuss.pot

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgid "Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss"
+msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5

locale/sources/getting_started.pot

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
-msgid "This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack **implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with our product."
+msgid "This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack **implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our product."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ msgid "Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software.
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
-msgid "Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
+msgid "Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
-msgid "If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+msgid "If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgid "Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo d
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
-msgid "In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user interface as shown in the picture below."
+msgid "In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or *projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user interface as shown in the picture below."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ msgid "Read the documentation on our website: `https://www.odoo.com/documentatio
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
-msgid "Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
+msgid "Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgid "Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel <https://www.youtube.com/user/
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
-msgid "Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+msgid "Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
@@ -125,19 +125,19 @@ msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
-msgid "We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this person must:"
+msgid "We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this person must:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
-msgid "**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest implementations having a full time project manager."
+msgid "**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest implementations having a full time project manager."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
-msgid "**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
+msgid "**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
-msgid "**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full support from all departments and top management, or be part of top management."
+msgid "**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full support from all departments and top management, or be part of top management."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
@@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ msgid "Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and requi
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
-msgid "**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old system(s) works."
+msgid "**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old system(s) work."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
-msgid "**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more important to have all your business processes working than customizing a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails."
+msgid "**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more important to have all your business processes working than customizing a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
-msgid "Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and easier your training phases will be."
+msgid "Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and easier your training phases will be."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
@@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ msgid "Support"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
-msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and everything from: specific questions on current Odoo features and where to configure them, bugfix requests, payments or subscription issues."
+msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
-msgid "Our support can be contacted through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
+msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgid "Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgra
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
-msgid "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this request."
+msgid "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this request."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
@@ -281,15 +281,15 @@ msgid "Success Pack Services"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
-msgid "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial alloted hours you purchased is purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects within the initial allotement however any number of factors can contribute to us not being able to do so, for example a scope expansion or \"Scope Creep\" in the middle of your implementation, new detail descoveries, or an increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
+msgid "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
-msgid "The list of services according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
+msgid "The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
-msgid "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in your success pack."
+msgid "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in your Success Pack."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
@@ -297,27 +297,27 @@ msgid "His/her role includes:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
-msgid "**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo features."
+msgid "**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
-msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar."
+msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
-msgid "**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your consultant."
+msgid "**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your consultant."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
-msgid "**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing structures, etc.)"
+msgid "**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing structures, etc.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
-msgid "**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template prepared by the project manager."
+msgid "**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template prepared by the project manager."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
-msgid "If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra services:"
+msgid "If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra services:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
@@ -325,15 +325,15 @@ msgid "**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
-msgid "**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers for advanced customizations."
+msgid "**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers for advanced customizations."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
-msgid "**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours of your success pack."
+msgid "**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours of your Success Pack."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
-msgid "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
+msgid "**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
@@ -345,102 +345,102 @@ msgid "All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts w
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
-msgid "In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the subscription fee."
+msgid "In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a developer’s intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the subscription fee."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323
-msgid "**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * $5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
-msgid "Implementation Methodology"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
+msgid "**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * $5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
-msgid "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
+msgid "Implementation Methodology"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
+msgid "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
 msgid "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo progressively, by groups of apps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:339
-msgid "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan (phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
-msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
+msgid "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan (phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
-msgid "**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the business process and configure according to your specific needs."
+msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352
-msgid "**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project manager will import them in Odoo."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
+msgid "**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the business process and configure according to your specific needs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356
-msgid "**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and process your feedback."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
+msgid "**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's project manager will import them in Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
+msgid "**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and process your feedback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:364
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
 msgid "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and **automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens and reports**)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368
-msgid "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:374
-msgid "Managing your databases"
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
+msgid "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
+msgid "Managing your databases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
 msgid "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases** in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
 msgid "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment with test data!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
-msgid "In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
+msgid "For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:397
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
 msgid "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here <db_management/documentation>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:401
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
 msgid "Customer Success"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
 msgid "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they have all the resources needed to complete their project."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
 msgid "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project manager and eventually the support team."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
 msgid "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
 msgid "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them a solution that grows with their needs!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:419
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:422
+#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
 msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
 msgstr ""
 

locale/sources/helpdesk.pot

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-11-23 16:06+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:5
-msgid "Expenses"
+msgid "Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:8
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ msgid "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:88
-msgid "The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the documentation `*here* <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/10.0/api_integration.html>`__."
+msgid "The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the documentation `*here* <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../helpdesk/helpdesk.rst:93

locale/sources/inventory.pot

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-20 11:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ msgid "Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform mor
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19
-msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|"
+msgid "Document: |download_barcode|"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23
@@ -459,10 +459,12 @@ msgid "**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences b
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10
 msgid "Terminology"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13
 msgid "Minimum stock rule"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -472,6 +474,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58
 msgid "Make to Order"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -504,6 +508,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114
 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6
@@ -517,6 +522,7 @@ msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33
 msgid "Minimum stock rules"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -597,10 +603,12 @@ msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70
 msgid "Choice between the two options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72
 msgid "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2954,7 +2962,7 @@ msgid "Main Concepts"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5
-msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management"
+msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7
@@ -4239,31 +4247,31 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50
 msgid "Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured on the product category."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55
 msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57
 msgid "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Landed Costs`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60
 msgid "Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to attribute landed costs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66
 msgid "Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be easier to keep track of your postings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73
 msgid "Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split across the picking lines."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81
+#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79
 msgid "To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4677,6 +4685,46 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ":doc:`uom`"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3
+msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5
+msgid "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and delivery strategies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15
+msgid "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24
+msgid "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35
+msgid "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44
+msgid "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity multiple\" fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47
+msgid "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the \"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54
+msgid "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60
+msgid "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any other module where products are available)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64
+msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3
 msgid "How to use different units of measure?"
 msgstr ""

locale/sources/manufacturing.pot

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,493 +20,258 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manufacturing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3
-msgid "Manufacturing Operations"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
+msgid "Manufacturing Management"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3
-msgid "Replenishment Strategies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3
-msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5
-msgid "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and delivery strategies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10
-msgid "Terminology"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13
-msgid "Minimum stock rule"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15
-msgid "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58
-msgid "Make to Order"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24
-msgid "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33
-msgid "Minimum stock rules"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35
-msgid "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44
-msgid "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity multiple\" fields"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47
-msgid "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the \"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54
-msgid "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60
-msgid "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any other module where products are available)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64
-msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70
-msgid "Choice between the two options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72
-msgid "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3
-msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6
-msgid "Bill of Materials"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3
-msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5
-msgid "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and Manufacturing apps must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12
-msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14
-msgid "If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18
-msgid "A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at right shows the corresponding delivery order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24
-msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29
-msgid "From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, create each component product as you would any other product, then create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route **Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37
-msgid "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your preference. The component products require no special configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44
-msgid "Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with their default values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53
-msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55
-msgid "If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product will appear in your stock."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64
-msgid "On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select **Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable stock management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72
-msgid "When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing order rather than a packing operation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125
-msgid "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132
-msgid "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all variants."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137
-msgid "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3
-msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83
-msgid "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90
-msgid "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each subassembly is created as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19
-msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99
-msgid "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each subassembly as you would for any product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107
-msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109
-msgid "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes **Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117
-msgid "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5
-msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
 msgid "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
 msgid "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, describe multiple variants of the same product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
 msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
 msgid "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For more information about which method of management to use, review the **Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the documentation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
 msgid "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a product and at least one component (components are considered products in Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
 msgid "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. **Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
 msgid "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
 msgid "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
 msgid "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components** tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
 msgid "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the primary product."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
 msgid "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
 msgid "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
+msgid "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
+msgid "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each subassembly is created as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
+msgid "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each subassembly as you would for any product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
+msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
+msgid "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes **Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
+msgid "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
+msgid "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
+msgid "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all variants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
+msgid "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
+msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
+msgid "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and Manufacturing apps must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
+msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
+msgid "If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
+msgid "A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at right shows the corresponding delivery order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
+msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
+msgid "From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, create each component product as you would any other product, then create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route **Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
+msgid "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your preference. The component products require no special configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
+msgid "Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with their default values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
+msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
+msgid "If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product will appear in your stock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
+msgid "On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select **Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable stock management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
+msgid "When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing order rather than a packing operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
 msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8
 msgid "There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, performed in an order defined by **routings**."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
 msgid "You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by work orders and routings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
 msgid "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There are two basic phases from planning to production:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52
 msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
 msgid "Record Production"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
 msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
 msgid "To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create **work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41
 msgid "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45
 msgid "Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added step of scheduling work orders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50
 msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54
 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56
 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
-msgid "Main Concepts"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3
-msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
+msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11
-msgid "Transcript"
+#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
+msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13
-msgid "Work in progress."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3
-msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9
-msgid "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14
-msgid "Cycle"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17
-msgid "A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing process can be fulfilled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19
-msgid "Downtime or Leave"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22
-msgid "Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable time is called a Leave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25
-msgid "Finished products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28
-msgid "Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order of the company."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31
-msgid "Kit"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34
-msgid "A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36
-msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39
-msgid "A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of intermediate products."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44
-msgid "Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46
-msgid "Phantom Bill of Material"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49
-msgid "A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54
-msgid "As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they were direct components of the parent BOM."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58
-msgid "Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61
-msgid "Raw Materials"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64
-msgid "Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to produce semi-finished or finished goods."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67
-msgid "The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69
-msgid "Routing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72
-msgid "A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work Centers at which they will be carried out"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74
-msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77
-msgid "These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in another manufacturing order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79
-msgid "Work Order Operations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82
-msgid "Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also called work center)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86
-msgid "Work Order"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89
-msgid "A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for execution on a given date and a given duration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91
-msgid "Work Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94
-msgid "Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity is a combination of resources and their availability time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97
-msgid "Resources"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100
-msgid "In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine available in a work center."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102
-msgid "Working Time"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105
-msgid "Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24."
+#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
+msgid "Overview"
 msgstr ""